-
1 πρό
πρό,A before, forth:A PREP. WITH GENIT.:I of Place, before, in front of,ἠγερέθοντο π. ἄστεος Od.24.468
, cf. Il.15.351, etc.;π. πτόλιος δεδαϊγμένον 19.292
;κείνους κιχησόμεθα π. πυλάων 10.126
, cf. 6.80, etc.;φύλοπις αἰνὴ ἕστηκε π. νεῶν 18.172
;πυρὰ φαίνετο Ἰλιόθι π. 8.561
, cf. 10.12, Od.8.581, etc.;κλαγγὴ γεράνων πέλει οὐρανόθι π. Il.3.3
;π. τειχέων Pi.O.13.56
; ἔμπροσθε π. (v.l.)τῆς ἀκροπόλιος, ὄπισθε δὲ τῶν πυλέων Hdt.8.53
, cf. 9.52; π. δόμων, π. δωμάτων, in front of, i.e. outside the house, Pi.P.2.18, 5.96, etc.;π. θυρῶν S.El. 109
(anap.), etc.; τὴν π. τοῦ Ἡραίου νῆσον before or off the Heraeum, Th.3.75, cf. 7.22; π. ποδός, v. πούς 1.4a; π. χειρῶν at hand, S.Ant. 1279, E. Rh. 274, dub. in Tr. 1207;π. τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν προφαίνεσθαι Aeschin. 2.148
.2 with Vbs. of motion,π. δ' ἄρ' αὐτῶν κύνες ἤϊσαν Od. 19.435
, cf. Il.23.115;π. Ἀχαιῶν ἄγγελος ᾔει 10.286
, cf. 13.693;π. ἕθεν κλονέοντα φάλαγγας 5.96
.3 before, in front of, for the purpose of shielding or guarding,π. Τρώων ἑσταότ' Il.24.215
: hence, in defence of,μάχεσθαι.. π. τε παίδων καὶ π. γυναικῶν 8.57
, cf. 4.156, 373, Hdt.8.74, etc.; ὀλέσθαι π. πόληος, Lat. pro patria mori, Il.22.110;π. τῆς Σπάρτης ἀποθνῄσκειν Hdt.7.134
, cf. 172,9.72, E.Alc.18, 645, etc.;π. τοῦ θανόντος.. ἔθεσθ' ἐπιστροφήν S.OT 134
;διακινδυνεῦσαι π. βασιλέως X.Cyr.8.8.4
; βουλεύεσθαι, πράττειν π. τινός, ib.1.6.42, 4.5.44, cf. Mem.2.4.7; π. τοξευμάτων as a defence against arrows, Id.An.7.8.18: hence also, for, on behalf of, instead of, ἀγρυπνῆσαι π. τινῶν ib.7.6.36, cf. Leg.Gort.1.43; of an advocate,π. τῶνδε φωνεῖν S.OT10
, cf. OC 811; ὄτι δέ κ' αὐτὸς π. Ειαυτοῦ [ἀμάρτῃ] whatever offence he commits of his own volition, Kohler-Ziebarth Stadtrecht von Gortyn p.34.4 π. ὁδοῦ ἐγένοντο further on the road, i.e. forwards, onward, Il.4.382, cf. Ael.NA3.16,7.29 (v. φροῦδος): also to denote distance,π. πολλοῦ τῆς πόλεως D.H.9.35
;π. τριάκοντα σταδίων
at a distance of30
stades, Str.8.6.24.II of Time, before,π. γάμοιο Od.15.524
;ἠῶθι π. 5.469
; π. ὃ τοῦ ἐνόησεν one before the other, Il.10.224; more freq. in later writers,π. τῶν Τρωικῶν Th.1.3
, cf. 1.1;π. τοῦ θανεῖν S.Ant. 883
;π. τοῦ θανάτου Pl.Phd. 57a
;π. τοῦ λοιμοῦ Id.Smp. 201d
;π. δείπνου X.Cyr. 5.5.39
; π. ἡμέρας ib.4.5.14; π. τοῦ χρῆσθαι before one uses it, Id.Mem.2.6.6; π. μοίρας τῆς ἐμῆς before my doom, A.Ag. 1266;π. τῆς εἱμαρμένης Antipho 1.21
;π. τοῦ καθήκοντος χρόνου Aeschin.3.126
, cf. 124; π. πολλοῦ long before, Hdt.7.130, etc.; π. μικροῦ, π. ὀλίγου, Plu.Pomp.73, App.BC2.116;ὀλίγον π. τούτων Th.2.8
; τὸ π. τοῦ (v.l. τούτου) ib.15; π. τοῦ (sts. written προτοῦ) A.Ag. 1204, Hdt.1.122, 5.83, Ar.Th. 418, Pl.Smp. 173a;ὁ π. τοῦ χρόνος A.Eu. 462
, Th.2.58, etc.; π. τοῦ ἤ, = πρὶν ἤ, IG7.2225.22 ([place name] Thisbe);οἱ π. ἡμῶν γενόμενοι Isoc.13.19
;οἱ π. ἐμοῦ Th.1.97
.2 in later writers freq. with Numerals, π. τριάκοντα ἡμερῶν thirty days before, Ael.NA5.52;π. μιᾶς ἡμέρας Plu.Caes.63
;π. ἐνιαυτοῦ Id.2.147e
;π. δυεῖν ἡμερῶν ἢ ἐτελεύτα Id.Sull.37
: freq. c. dupl. gen., π. δύο ἐτῶν τοῦ σεισμοῦ, π. δύο ὡρῶν τῆς ἐπιβολῆς, LXX Am.1.1, Dsc.1.64; π. ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ πάσχα, π. μιᾶς ἡμέρας τῶν γενεθλίων, Ev.Jo.12.1, Plu. 2.717d;π. πολλοῦ τῆς ἑορτῆς Luc.Sat.14
.b in rendering Roman dates, τῇ π. μιᾶς Νωνῶν Ὀκτωβρίων, = pridie Non. Oct., Plu.2.203a, etc.III in other relations:1 of Preference, before, rather than, κέρδος αἰνῆσαι π. δίκας to praise sleight before right, Pi.P.4.140, cf. Pl.R. 361e; πᾶν δὴ βουλόμενοι σφίσι εἶναι π. τῆς παρεούσης λύπης anything before, rather than, their actual trouble, Hdt.7.152 (so, in order to avoid,π. τοῦ δεινοτάτου D.54.19
);πᾶν π. τοῦ δουλεῦσαι ἐπεξελθεῖν Th.5.100
, cf.4.59; ἑλέσθαι, αἱρεῖσθαι, or κρῖναί τι π. τινός to choose one before another, Id.5.36, Pl.R. 366b, Phlb. 57e; π. πολλοῦ ποιήσασθαι to esteem above much, i.e. very highly, Isoc.5.138;π. πολλῶν χρημάτων τιμήσασθαί τι Th.1.33
, cf.6.10; π. ἄλλων more than others, Pl.Mx. 249e (v.l.), cf. A. Th. 1002; δυσδαίμων.. π. πασᾶν γυναικῶν ib. 927 (codd., lyr.);π. πάντων θεῶν τῇ Ἑστίᾳ πρώτῃ προθύειν Pl.Cra. 401d
: after a [comp] Comp. it is redundant,ἡ τυραννὶς π. ἐλευθερίης ἀσπαστότερον Hdt.1.62
, cf.6.12, Pl.Ap. 28d, Cri. 54b, Phd. 99a; for ἤ afterἄλλος, οὐδεὶς ἄλλος π. σεῦ Hdt.3.85
, cf.7.3.2 of Cause or Motive, for, from, π. φόβοιο for fear, Il.17.667; ἀθλεύων π. ἄνακτος toiling before the face of, i.e. in his service, 24.734; π. τῶνδε there fore, S.El. 495 (lyr.).B POSITION: words may be put between π. and its case, Il.23.115; but it does not follow its case, exc. after [dialect] Ep. forms in -θι, Ἰλιόθι πρό, οὐρανόθι πρό, ἠῶθι πρό (v. supr.).C πρό, abs. as ADV.:I of Place, before, opp. ἐπί ( after), Il. 13.799, 800; before, in front, 15.360; forth, forward,ἐκ δ' ἄγαγε π. φόωσδε 19.118
; χωρεῖν π. δόμων to come forth from, S.Tr. 960 (lyr.);ἄγειν τινὰ π. δόμων E.Hec.59
(anap.); γῆν π. γῆς ἐλαύνομαι I am driven on from one land to another, A.Pr. 682;διώκειν γῆν π. γῆς Ar.Ach. 235
.II of Time, before,πρό οἱ εἴπομεν Od.1.37
; earlier,τά τ' ἐσσόμενα π. τ' ἐόντα Hes. Th.32
,38.III when joined with other Preps., ἀποπρό, διαπρό, ἐπιπρό, περιπρό, προπρό, it strengthens the first Prep., or adds to it the notion of forward, forth.I with Substs., to denote2 priority of rank, πρόεδρος, προεδρία, etc.: also priority of order, προάγων, πρόλογος, προοίμιον, προπάτωρ, etc.3 standing in another's place, πρόμαντις, πρόξενος.II with Adjs., to denote3 prematureness, πρόμοιρος, πρόωρος.III with Verbs,1 of Place, before, forwards, προβαίνω, προβάλλω, προτίθημι, etc.: also, before, in defence, προκινδυνεύω, προμάχομαι, etc.2 forth, προέλκω, προφέρω.b publicly, προγράφω, προειπεῖν, πρόκειμαι.3 away, προδίδωμι, προϊάλλω, προϊάπτω, προΐημι, προλείπω, προρέω, προτέμνω, προτρέπομαι, προφεύγω, προχέω.4 in preference, προαιροῦμαι, προτιμάω, etc.5 before, beforehand, προαισθάνομαι, προγίγνομαι, προκαταλαμβάνω, etc.; of foresight, προνοέω, προοράω.E Etymology: cf. Lat. προ?πρόX-, Slav. pro-, Skt. pra-, etc., in compounds. -
2 πρό
πρό prep. w. gen. (Hom.+—S. the lit. s.v. ἀνά, beg.; also Rydbeck 62–77) ‘before’.① marker of a position in front of an object, before, in front of, at πρὸ τῆς θύρας at the door Ac 12:6; cp. 5:23 v.l.; πρὸ τοῦ πυλῶνος 12:14; perh. J 10:8 belongs here (Jesus is the door, vs. 7). πρὸ τῆς πόλεως (Jos., Bell. 1, 234, Ant. 10, 44): ὁ ἱερεὺς τοῦ Διὸς τοῦ ὄντος πρὸ τῆς πόλεως the priest of (the temple of) Zeus just outside the city (gate) 14:13 (CIG 2963c τῆς μεγάλης Ἀρτέμιδος πρὸ πόλεως ἱερεῖς [restored]. Cp. the sim. inscriptions w. πρὸ πόλεως 2796; 3194; 3211; BCH 11, 1887 p. 464 no. 29 ὁ πρὸ πόλεως Ἀπόλλων [Thyatira]; TWiegand, SBBerlAk 1906, 259 Ἀσκληπιοῦ πρὸ πόλεως [Miletus]; cp. αἱ προκαθήμεναι θεαῖ τῆς πόλεως SIG 694, 50f; lit. s.v. Λύστρα).—In vivid imagery ὁ κριτὴς πρὸ τῶν θυρῶν ἕστηκεν Js 5:9. Fig. πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν ἔχειν, λαμβάνειν and πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν τινος εἶναι; on these s. ὀφθαλμός 2.—πρὸ προσώπου τινός (=לִפְנֵי פ׳; s. Johannessohn, Präp. 184f) before or ahead of someone Mt 11:10; Mk 1:2; Lk 7:27 (on all three cp. Mal 3:1; Ex 23:20; TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 4 [Stone p. 30]; GrBar 1:4); 1:76 v.l.; 9:52; 10:1; 1 Cl 34:3 (cp. Is 62:11); in front of someone IEph 15:3 (JosAs 24:6 πρόκειται πρὸ προσώπου ὑμῶν). W. transition to a temporal mng. prior to προκηρύξαντος Ἰωάννου πρὸ προσώπου τῆς εἰσόδου αὐτοῦ after John had preached as his forerunner before his (i.e. Jesus’) appearance Ac 13:24.② marker of a point of time prior to another point of time, earlier than, before πρὸ τοῦ ἀρίστου before the meal (X., Cyr. 6, 2, 21) Lk 11:38. πρὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος D 7:4a. πρὸ χειμῶνος 2 Ti 4:21. πρὸ τοῦ πάσχα J 11:55. πρὸ τῆς ἑορτῆς τοῦ πάσχα 13:1. πρὸ τοῦ κατακλυσμοῦ Mt 24:38. πρὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου J 17:24; Eph 1:4; 1 Pt 1:20. πρὸ ἡλίου καὶ σελήνης 2 Cl 14:1 (s. ἥλιος). πρὸ πάντων Col 1:17; cp. πρὸ τούτων πάντων Lk 21:12. πρὸ τῶν αἰώνων (Ps 54:20) 1 Cor 2:7; cp. IEph ins; IMg 6:1. πρὸ χρόνων αἰωνίων 2 Ti 1:9; Tit 1:2. πρὸ παντὸς τοῦ αἰῶνος Jd 25. πρὸ καιροῦ before the proper time or the last times (καιρός 3b; cp. Sir 51:30; Theodor. Prodr. 1, 281 H.) Mt 8:29; 1 Cor 4:5. πρὸ τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν Ac 5:36; 21:38; Hm 4, 3, 4. πρὸ ἐτῶν 2 Cor 12:2. πρὸ τῆς μεταθέσεως Hb 11:5. Latinizing (on the use of the Rom. calendar among the Gks. s. Hahn 245; EBickerman, Chronology of the Ancient World2, ’80, 47–51; on calculation of a date, 43–44) πρὸ ἐννέα καλανδῶν Σεπτεμβρίων on August twenty-fourth IRo 10:3. πρὸ ἑπτὰ καλανδῶν Μαρτίων on February twenty-third MPol 21 (cp. IPriene 105, 23 πρὸ ἐννέα καλανδῶν Ὀκτωβρίων).—On the expr. πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ πάσχα J 12:1 s. ἡμέρα 2c and cp. Am 1:1; 4:7. πρὸ τριῶν ἡμερῶν τοῦ συλληφθῆναι αὐτόν three days before he was arrested MPol 5:2. πρὸ μιᾶς τῶν ἀζύμων one day before the feast of unleavened bread GPt 2:5 (Plut., Lucull. 510 [27, 9] πρὸ μιᾶς νωνῶν Ὀκτωβρίων, Publ. 101 [9, 8]; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 115 §479 πρὸ μιᾶς τοῦδε τοῦ βουλευτηρίου). πρὸ μιᾶς (sc. ἡμέρας [Polyaenus 7, 10 and Just., D. 27, 5 πρὸ μιᾶς ἡμέρας]; cp. Lucian, Alex. 46; Dositheus 40, 2; PGM 13, 350) one day before D 7:4b; the day before Hs 6, 5, 3.—Rydbeck 62–77; Mlt-Turner 260.—W. gen. of the personal pron. (PsSol 1:8 τὰ πρὸ αὐτῶν ἔθνη; Just., D. 16, 4 πρὸ αὐτοῦ; PTebt 61b, 384 [118/117 B.C.]) πρὸ ὑμῶν (Lev 18:28) Mt 5:12; cp. Ac 7:4 D. πρὸ ἐμοῦ (1 Macc 15:5) J 5:7; 10:8 (s. also 1 above); Ro 16:7; Gal 1:17 (s. AcPlCor 2:4). Cp. 1 Cl 19:1.—πρὸ τοῦ w. acc. and inf. (En 9:11; TestAbr A 9 p. 87, 10 [Stone p. 22]; ParJer 7:31; Just., D. 92, 3. Cp. B-D-F §403; Rob. 1074f) πρὸ τοῦ ὑμᾶς αἰτῆσαι Mt 6:8. Cp. Lk 2:21; 22:15; J 1:48; 13:19 (here the acc. is missing, but can easily be supplied); 17:5; Ac 23:15; Gal 2:12; 3:23; B 16:7.③ marker of precedence in importance or rank (Pind. et al.; pap; Jos., Ant. 16, 187 πρὸ ἐκείνων; Just., A I, 2, 1 πρὸ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῆς) πρὸ παντός above all, especially Pol 5:3. Also πρὸ πάντων (Ar. 9, 2; Just., D. 7, 3; POxy 292, 11; 294, 30) Js 5:12; 1 Pt 4:8; D 10:4.—DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. -
3 ἡμέρα
ἡμέρα, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. [full] ἡμέρη IG12(5).1 ([place name] Ios), [dialect] Dor. [full] ἀμέρα ib.5(1).213.43,al., 1390.109, 1432.25, Test.Epict.4.12, Michel995A 32, etc., [dialect] Locr. [full] ἀμάρα IG9(1).334.42 (aspirated perh. only in [dialect] Att. and West [dialect] Ion., cf.Aἐπάμερος Pi.
, etc.,αὐθημερόν IG7.235.18
([place name] Oropus), etc.; usu. unaspirated in early [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG12.49.6, al.; aspirated in codd. even in dialects: original ἀμέρα prob. took aspirate from ἑσπέρα): ἡ:— day, less freq. than ἦμαρ in Hom.,ἡ. ἥδε κακὸν φέρει Il.8.541
, 13.828; τίς νύ μοι ἡ. ἥδε; Od.24.514; νύκτες τε καὶ ἡ. 14.93; μῆνές τε καὶ ἡ. ib. 293;νοῦσοι ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ αἳ δ' ἐπὶ νυκτί Hes.Op. 102
; ἡ σήμερον ἡ., v. σήμερον· ἅμα ἡμέρᾳ or ἅμα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ at daybreak, X.An.6.3.6, Aeschin.3.76;ἅμ' ἡμέρῃ διαφωσκούσῃ Hdt.3.86
; ἡ. διέλαμψεν, ἐξέλαμψεν, ὑπέφαινε, Ar.Pl. 744, Pax 304, X.Cyr.4.5.14; τῆς ἡ. ὀψέ late in the day, Id.HG2.1.23.2 sts. like [dialect] Ep. ἦμαρ, with Adjs. to describe a state or time of life, ἐπίπονος ἁ. a life of misery, S.Tr. 654 (lyr.); λυπρὰν ἄγειν ἡ. E. Hec. 364; ἐχθρὰ ἡ. Id.Ph. 540; παλαιὰ ἁ. old age, S.Aj. 623 (but θεία ἡ. Id.Fr. 950 is dub. l.); τερμία ἁ. Id.Ant. 1330 (lyr.); αἱ μακραὶ ἁμέραι length of days, Id.OC 1216(lyr.); νέα ἁ. youth, E. Ion 720(lyr.); so τῇ πρώτῃ ἡ. Arist.Rh. 1389a24; ἐπὶ τῇ τελευταίᾳ ἡ. at the close of life, ib. 1389b33, cf. S.OT 1529; ζοὴν βλέπουσιν ἡ. look life-like, Herod.4.68.3 poet. for time,ἡ. κλίνει τε κἀνάγει πάλιν ἅπαντα τἀνθρώπεια S.Aj. 131
;ἐς τόδ' ἡμέρας Id.OC 1138
: pl., ἐν ἡμέραις τινός in the days of.., LXX 1 Ch.4.41, etc.; ἡ. ἀρχαῖαι ib.Ps.142(143).5.5 a fixed day, τακτὴ ἡ. Act.Ap.12.21; ῥητὴ ἡ. Luc.Alex.19;ἡ. ἔστησαν ἀρχαιρεσιῶν D.H.6.48
, cf. Act.Ap.17.31;ἡ. Κυρίου LXXJl.2.1
, cf. 2 Ep.Pet.3.12, etc.;ἡ. κρίσεως Ev.Matt.10.15
: so abs., ὑπὸ ἀνθρωπίνης ἡμέρας a human tribunal, 1 Ep.Cor.4.3;ἡμέραι καὶ ἀγῶνες Jahresh.23
Beibl.93 (Pamphyl.).6 in pl., age, προβεβηκὼς ἐν ταῖς ἡ. Ev.Luc.1.7, cf. LXXGe.47.8, etc.II abs. usages,1 gen., τριῶν ἡμερέων within three days, Hdt.2.115, cf. Th.7.3; ἡμερῶν ὀλίγων within a few days, Id.4.26, etc.; ἄλλης ἡ. another day, S.El. 698; τῆς αὐτῆς ἡ. Isoc.4.87;μιᾶς ἀμέρας IG5(1).213.43
(Sparta, V B.C.); ἡμέρας by day, opp. νυκτός, S.Fr.65;οὔθ' ἡμέρας οὔτε νυκτός Pl.Phdr. 240c
; τοὺς.. τῆς ἡ. ἄρτους δ ¯ daily, UPZ 47.21 (ii B.C.); δὶς τῆς ἡμέρης ἑκάστης twice every day, Hdt.2.37; δίς τῆς ἡ. Pl.Com.207; πεντάκις τῆς ἡ. Men.326; κατεσθίω.. τῆς ἡ. πένθ' ἡμιμέδιμνα five every day, Pherecr.1.2 dat., τῇδε θἠμέρᾳ,= σήμερον, (S.OT 1283; .3 acc., πᾶσαν ἡ. any day, i.e. soon, Hdt.1.111, 7.203; τὴν μὲν αὐτίχ' ἡ. S.OC 433; ὅλην τὴν ἡ. Eup.233; τρίτην ἡ. ἥκων two days after one's arrival, Th.8.23;οὐδεμίαν ἡ. ὑπεύθυνος εἶναί φημι D.18.112
; πέντε ἡμέρας during five days, Th.8.103; τὰς ἡ. in the daytime, X.Cyr.1.3.12; τὴν ἡ. daily, LXXEx. 29.38.III with Preps., μίαν ἀν' ἁμέραν on one day, Pi.O.9.85; ἀνὰ πᾶσαν ἡ. every day, Hdt.7.198; ἀφ' ἡμέρας τῆς νῦν from this day, S.OT 351; but ἀφ' ἡμέρας γίνεσθαι ἐν τῷ Μουσείῳ from early in the day, Plb.8.25.11: δι' ἡμέρης, [dialect] Att. - ρας, the whole day long, Hdt.1.97, 2.173, Pherecr.64, Ar.Ra. 260(lyr.); διὰ τρίτης ἡ. every other day, Hdt. 2.37; διὰ πολλῶν ἡ. at a distance of many days, Th.2.29;δι' ἡμερῶν τινων Thphr.HP4.3.6
; εἰσ ἡμέραν yearly, LXXJd.17.10; ἐν ἡμέρῃ in a single day, Hdt.1.126, cf. Men.Pk. 377;ἐνἡ. μιᾷ S.OT 615
; τῇδ' ἐν ἡ. Id.OC 1612; ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡ. Ev.Jo.14.20; ἐν ἑστέραισιν ἡ. A.Ag. 1666; ἐν ὀκτὼ ἡ. Lys.20.10; but ἐν τρισὶν ἡ. within three days, Ev.Jo.2.19; ἐξ ἡμέρας by day, οὔτε νυκτὸς οὔτ' ἐξ ἡ. S.El. 780; ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας day after day, Henioch.5.13, LXXGe.39.10, 2 Ep.Pet.2.8 (butἐξ ἡμερῶν εἰς ἡμέρας LXX 2 Ch.21.15
); ἐπ' ἡμέρην ἔχειν, ἐφ' -ραν χρῆσθαι, sufficient for the day, Hdt.1.32, Th.4.69;τὸ γὰρ βρότειον σπέρμ' ἐφ' ἡ. φρονεῖ A. Fr. 399
;τῆς ἐφ' ἡ. βορᾶς E.El. 429
; but τοὐφ' ἡμέραν day by day, Id.Cyc. 336: c. dat., ἐπ' ἡμέρῃ ἑκάστῃ (v.l. -ρης -της ) every day, Hdt.5.117;ὁ ἥλιος νέος ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ Heraclit.6
; καθ' ἡμέραν by day, A.Ch. 818 (lyr.); καθ' ἡ. τὴν νῦν to-day, S.OC3, Aj. 801; but καθ' ἡ. commonly means day by day, IG12.84.40, etc.; καθ' ἡ. ἀεί [S.]Fr.1120.4: with Art.,τὸν καθ' ἡ. βίον Id.OC 1364
;ἡ καθ' ἡ. ἀναγκαία τροφή Th.1.2
;τὰ καθ' ἡ. ἐπιτηδεύματα Id.2.37
;τὸ καθ' ἡ. ἀδεές Id.3.37
, etc.; τὸ καθ' ἡ. every day, Ar.Eq. 1126 (lyr.), etc.; alsoτὰ καθ' ἑκάστην τὴν ἡ. ἐπιτηδεύματα Isoc.4.78
; μετ' ἡμέρην in broad daylight, opp. νυκτός, Hdt.2.150, cf. Ar.Pl. 930; opp. νύκτωρ, Aeschin.3.77; μεθ' ἡμέρας some days after, LXXJd.15.1; ἡμέρα παρ' ἡμέραν γιγνομένη day following on day, Antipho 5.72; but παρ' ἡμέραν every other day, Dsc.3.137, Luc.DDeor.24.2;παρ' ἡ. ἄρχειν Plu.Fab.15
;καθ' ἡμέραν εἰώθειν ὀργίζεσθαι, νῦν παρ' ἡμέραν, εἶτα παρὰ δύο, εἶτα παρὰ τρεῖς Arr.Epict.2.18.13
; πρὸ ἡμέρας before day-break, Diph.22; but πρὸ ἀμερᾶν δέκα ἤ κα μέλλωντι ἀναγινώσκεν GDI5040.42 ([place name] Crete); (Thisbe, ii B.C.); γίγνεται, ἔστι πρὸς ἡμέραν, towards day, near day, X.HG2.4.6, Lys.1.14; also, for the day, daily, Charito 4.2.IV as pr. n., the goddess of day, Hes.Th. 124.2 v. ἥμερος 11. -
4 ἡμέρα
ἡμέρα, ας, ἡ (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.)① the period betw. sunrise and sunset, dayⓐ lit. (opp. νύξ; e.g. Ath. 24, 2 ἀντιδοξοῦντι … ὡς … τῇ ἡμέρᾳ νύξ) Mt 4:2 (fasting for 40 days and 40 nights as Ex 34:28. S. νύξ 1d.—Cp. JosAs 13:8 ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας καὶ ἑπτὰ νύκτας; Lucian, Ver. Hist. 1, 10 ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας κ. τὰς ἴσας νύκτας); 12:40 and oft. ἡμέρα γίνεται day is breaking (X., An. 2, 2, 13; 7, 2, 34; Appian, Iber. 74 §315; Jos., Ant. 10, 202, Vi. 405) Lk 4:42; 6:13; 22:66; Ac 12:18; 16:35; 27:29, 39. ἡμέρα διαυγάζει the day dawns 2 Pt 1:19. κλίνει declines, evening approaches Lk 9:12; 24:29 (cp. Just., D. 56, 16 ἡμέρα προκόπτει). φαίνει shines Rv 8:12. In the gen. to denote a point of time ἡμέρας in daylight (Hippocr., Ep. 19, 7; Arrian, Ind. 13, 6; Lucian, Ver. Hist. 1, 10) 1 Cl 25:4. ἡμέρας μέσης at midday, noon (Lucian, Nigr. 34; cp. Jos., Ant. 5, 190) Ac 26:13. But also, as in Thu. et al., of time within which someth. occurs, ἡμέρας during the day Rv 21:25. ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός (by) day and night (Appian, Liby. 121, §576; Arrian, Anab. 7, 11, 4; Jos., Ant. 11, 171; Just., D. 1, 4 διʼ ὅλης νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας; also in reverse order as Is 34:10) Mk 5:5; Lk 18:7; Ac 9:24; 1 Th 2:9; 3:10; 2 Th 3:8; AcPl Ha 2, 10; 3, 2. The acc. of time νύκτα καὶ ἡμέραν (in this sequence Dio Chrys. 7 [8], 15; Ael. Aristid. 51, 1 K.=27 p. 534 D.; Esth 4:16; cp. νύκτωρ καὶ μεθʼ ἡμέραν Mel., HE 4, 26, 5; Ath. 34, 3) (throughout the) day and (the) night Mk 4:27; Lk 2:37; Ac 20:31; 26:7. τὰς ἡμέρας every day (opp. τὰς νύκτας; cp. Dio Chrys. 4, 36; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 199) Lk 21:37; cp. πᾶσαν ἡμέραν (throughout) every day Ac 5:42 (cp. Hdt. 7, 203, 1). τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην (throughout) that day (Ael. Aristid. 49, 45 K.) J 1:39. ὅλην τ. ἡμ. (Jos., Ant. 6, 22) Mt 20:6. The acc. in a distributive sense συμφωνεῖν ἐκ δηναρίου τὴν ἡμέραν on a denarius a day Mt 20:2 (s. Meisterhans3-Schw. 205; pap in Mlt., ClR 15, 1901, 436; 18, 1904, 152). ἡμέρας ὁδός a day’s journey Lk 2:44 (cp. X., An. 2, 2, 12; Gen 31:23; 1 Macc 5:24; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 21; 23). Daylight lasts for twelve hours, during which a person can walk without stumbling J 11:9ab. ἡ ἐν ἡμέρᾳ τρυφή reveling in broad daylight 2 Pt 2:13.ⓑ fig. (SibOr 5, 241) Christians as υἱοὶ φωτὸς καὶ υἱοὶ ἡμέρας children of light and of the day 1 Th 5:5; cp. vs. 8 (in contrast, Aristoph., Fgm. 573 K. calls Chaerephon, the friend of Socrates νυκτὸς παῖδα, in a derogatory sense). In J 9:4 day denotes the period of human life; cp. Ro 13:12f.② civil or legal day, including the night, day Mt 6:34; 15:32; Mk 6:21; Lk 13:14; B 15:3ff. Opp. hours Mt 25:13; hours, months, years Rv 9:15; cp. Gal 4:10.ⓐ In the gen., answering the question, how long? (Nicostrat. Com., Fgm. 5 K. ἡμερῶν τριῶν ἤδη=now for three days; Porphyr., Vi. Plotini 13 W. τριῶν ἡμ.; BGU 37, 7 [50 A.D.]; 249, 11 [70–80 A.D.] ἡμερῶν δύο διαμένομεν) τεσσεράκοντα ἡμερῶν during 40 days Ac 1:3 D*. ἑκάστης ἡμέρας each day AcPl Ha 6, 8 (cp. ILegGort 1, 9 of a fine τᾶς ἁμέρας ϝεκάστας ‘for each day’, on the gen. Buck, Dialects §170; Just., D. 2, 6 al.)—In the dat., answering the quest., when? (X., An. 4, 7, 8; Jdth 7:6; Esth 7:2; Bel 40 Theod.; JosAs 11:1; Just., A I, 67, 7 al.) τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμέρᾳ (cp. Arrian, Anab. 6, 4, 1 τρίτῃ ἡμ.; AscIs 3:16 τῇ τρίτῃ ἡμ.; JosAs 29:8; Just., D. 100, 1 al., cp. D. 85, 6 τῇ δευτέρᾳ ἡμ.) Mt 16:21; 17:23; Lk 9:22; 24:7, 46; 1 Cor 15:4. ᾗ δὲ ἡμέρᾳ on the day on which (PLille 15, 1 [242 B.C.] ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ; 1 Esdr 1:49; Jos., Ant. 20, 26) Lk 17:29; cp. vs. 30. μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ in (the course of) one day (Appian, Iber. 58 §244) 1 Cor 10:8.ⓑ In the acc., usu. answering the quest., how long? (X., An. 4, 7, 18; Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 130, 26 p. 410, 30 Jac. τὴν ἡμέραν ἐκείνην=throughout that day; Polyaenus 6, 53 τρεῖς ἡμέρας; Arrian, Anab. 6, 2, 3; Lucian, Alex. 15 ἡμέρας=several days; Philo, Vi. Cont. 30 τὰς ἓξ ἡμέρας; JosAs 10:20 τὰς ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας) ὅλην τ. ἡμέραν the whole day long Ro 8:36 (Ps 43:23), 10:21 (Is 65:2). ἡμέραν μίαν for one day Ac 21:7 (Just., D. 12, 3). ἔμειναν οὐ πολλὰς ἡμέρας J 2:12; cp. 4:40; 11:6; Ac 9:19; 10:48; 16:12; 20:6c; 21:4, 10; Gal 1:18; Rv 11:3, 9. ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας day after day (Ps.-Euripides, Rhes. 445f, Henioch. 5, 13 Kock; Gen 39:10; Num 30:15; Is 58:2; Ps 95:2; Sir 5:7; En) 2 Pt 2:8; 2 Cl 11:2 (quot. of unknown orig.; s. also e below, end). Only rarely does the acc. answer the quest., when? (Antiphanes Com. [IV B.C.] Fgm. 280; Ps.-Lucian, Halc. 3 τρίτην ἡμ.) τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς πεντηκοστῆς on the Day of Pentecost Ac 20:16. Peculiar is the expr. τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην σήμερον ἡμέραν προσδοκῶντες this is the fourteenth day you have been waiting Ac 27:33 (cp. X., An. 4, 5, 24 ἐνάτην ἡμέραν γεγαμημένην).—ἑπτάκις τῆς ἡμέρας seven times a day Lk 17:4.ⓒ Used w. prep.: ἀπό w. gen. from … (on) Mt 22:46; J 11:53; Ac 20:18. ἀφʼ ἧς ἡμέρας (PRev 9, 1 [258 B.C.]; PsSol 18:11f; EpArist 24) Col 1:6, 9; Hm 4, 4, 3. ἀπὸ … ἄχρι … Phil 1:5. ἀπὸ … μέχρι … Ac 10:30. ἄχρι w. gen. until Mt 24:38b; Lk 1:20; 17:27; Ac 1:2; 2:29. ἄχρι ἡμερῶν πέντε five days later Ac 20:6b. μέχρι τῆς σήμερον (ἡμέρας) up to the present day (1 Esdr 8:74) Mt 28:15. ἕως τ. ἡμέρας Mt 27:64; Ac 1:22; Ro 11:8 (Dt 29:3; Just., D. 134, 5 ἕως τῆς σήμερον ἡμ.; for this Ath. 2, 1 εἰς … τὴν σήμερον ἡμ.). διʼ ἡμερῶν after (several) days Mk 2:1 (cp. Hdt. 6, 118, 3 διʼ ἐτέων εἴκοσι; Thu. 2, 94, 3; Pla., Hipp. Maj. 281a διὰ χρόνου=after a [long] time). διὰ τριῶν ἡμερῶν within three days (PPetr II, 4 [6], 8 διʼ ἡμερῶν ε´=in the course of 5 days) Mt 26:61; Mk 14:58. διʼ ἡμερῶν τεσσεράκοντα Ac 1:3 (s. διά A 2a). διὰ τ. ἡμέρας in the course of the day Lk 9:37 D εἰς τ. ἡμέραν for the day (PPetr III, 95 col. 2, 6 [III B.C.]) J 12:7; Rv 9:15; εἰς ἡμέρας μ´ 40 days long AcPl Ha 6, 11. ἐν τῇ ἡμ. in the daytime J 11:9b. ἐν μιᾷ τῶν ἡμερῶν one day Lk 5:17; 8:22; 20:1. ἐν on w. dat. sing. Mt 24:50; Lk 1:59; 13:31 v.l. (Just., D. 29, 3 ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ ἡμ.; 111, 3 ἐν ἡμ. τοῦ πάσχα); J 5:9; Hb 4:4 (cp. Gen 2:2); AcPl Ha 3, 9. In, within w. dat. pl. (Alexis Com. 246, 2 K. ἐν πένθʼ ἡμέραις; Philo, Somn. 2, 112; TestJob 30:4; JosAs 21:7 ἐν ταῖς ἑπτὰ ἡμέραις τοῦ γάμου) ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (PTebt 14, 5 [114 B.C.]; Porphyr., Vi. Plot. 17 p. 111, 26 W.; TestJob 24:9; EpArist 24) Mt 27:40; Mk 15:29; J 2:19f.—ἐπί w. acc. over a period of ἐπὶ ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (PTurin I, 2, 15 [116 B.C.] ἐφʼ ἱκανὰς ἡμ.; Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31; cp. 27:20; ἐπὶ πολλὰς ἡμ. (Jos., Ant. 18, 57) 16:18; cp. Hb 11:30. καθʼ ἡμέραν every day (Hyperid. 6, 23; 26; Polyb. 1, 57, 7; 4, 18, 2 al.; Diod S 1, 36, 7 and 8; 2, 47, 2 al.; SIG 656, 22; UPZ 42, 13 [162 B.C.]; PGiss 17, 1; Tob 10:7; Sus 8 and 12 Theod.; 1 Macc 8:15; EpArist 304; Jos., Bell. 2, 265, Ant. 20, 205; Ar. [POxy 1778, 27]; Just., D. 39, 2 al.) Mt 26:55; Mk 14:49 (‘by day’: AArgyle, ET 63, ’51/52, 354); Lk 16:19; 22:53; Ac 2:46f; 3:2; 16:5; 17:11; 19:9; 1 Cor 15:31; 2 Cor 11:28; Hb 7:27; 10:11. Also (w. optional art., s. B-D-F §160; Rob. 766) τὸ καθʼ ἡμ. (Aristoph., Equ. 1126; Pla.; Polyb. 4, 18, 2; POxy 1220, 4; TestJob 14:2; but simply καθʼ ἡμ. Ac 2:45 D) Lk 11:3; 19:47; Ac 17:11 v.l.; καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμ. every day (X., Mem. 4, 2, 12, Equ. 5, 9; PTebt 412, 2; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 327, 18; Ex 5:8; Esth 2:11; Job 1:4; Bel 4:6; PsSol 18:11; GrBar 8:4) Hb 3:13. κατὰ πᾶσαν ἡμ. w. same mng. (Jos., Ant. 6, 49) Ac 17:17. μεθʼ ἡμέρας ἕξ six days later (PSI 502, 16 [257 B.C.] μεθʼ ἡμέρας ιβ´; 436, 3 [Just., D. 27, 5 μετὰ μίαν ἡμ. al.]) Mt 17:1; cp. 26:2; 27:63; Mk 8:31; Lk 1:24; J 4:43; 20:26; Ac 1:5; 15:36; 24:1; 28:13; AcPl Ha 1, 33; 11, 8; AcPlCor 2:30. πρὸ ἓξ ἡμερῶν τοῦ πάσχα six days before the Passover J 12:1 (not a Latinism, since it is found as early as Hippocr. πρὸ τριῶν ἡμερῶν τῆς τελευτῆς [WSchulze, Graeca Latina 1901, 15; Rydbeck 64f]; cp. Plut., Symp. 8, 717d; Lucian, De Morte Peregr. 1; Aelian, HA 11, 19; mystery ins of Andania [SIG 736, 70 πρὸ ἁμερᾶν δέκα τῶν μυστηρίων]; PFay 118, 15; PHolm 4, 23; PGM 13, 26; 671; Am 1:1; 2 Macc 15:36; Jos., Ant. 15, 408; Just., D. 27, 5; s. WSchmid, D. Attizismus III 1893, 287f; IV 1897, 629; Mlt. 100f; B-D-F §213).—It is striking to find the nom. denoting time in the expression ἤδη ἡμέραι τρεῖς προσμένουσίν μοι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; cp. Lk 9:28 (s. B-D-F §144; Rob. 460).ⓓ Of festive days: ἡ ἡμέρα τῶν σαββάτων (σάββατον 1bβ) or τοῦ σαββάτου (σάββ. 1a) Lk 4:16; 13:14b, 16; J 19:31; Ac 13:14 (Just., D. 27, 5). ἡ ἡμέρα or αἱ ἡμέραι τ. ἀζύμων Lk 22:7; Ac 12:3; 20:6. ἡ ἡμέρα τ. πεντηκοστῆς Ac 2:1; 20:16. μεγάλη ἡμέρα the great day (of atonement) PtK 2 p. 14, 29. In gen. of a Judean festival GJs 1:2; 2:2 (the author no longer has a clear understanding of the precise festival signified by the term; s. Amann and deStrycker on 1:2). ἡ κυριακὴ ἡμέρα the Lord’s Day, Sunday Rv 1:10 (cp. Just. A I, 67, 7 τὴν … τοῦ ἡλίου ἡμέραν). Festive days are spoken of in the foll. passages: ὸ̔ς μὲν κρίνει ἡμέραν παρʼ ἡμέραν, ὸ̔ς δὲ κρίνει πᾶσαν ἡμέραν one person considers one day better than another, another considers every day good Ro 14:5. φρονεῖν τ. ἡμέραν concern oneself w. (= observe) the day vs. 6. ἡμέρας παρατηρεῖσθαι observe days Gal 4:10.—Used w. gen. to denote what happens or is to be done on the day in question ἡμ. τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ Ac 21:26. τ. ἐνταφιασμοῦ day of burial J 12:7. ἕως ἡμέρας ἀναδείξεως αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν Ἰσραήλ Lk 1:80 (s. ἀνάδειξις).ⓔ OT terminology is reflected in the expr. fulfilling of the days (Ex 7:25; 1 Ch 17:11; Tob 10:1b; cp. מָלֵא) ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμ. τῆς λειτουργίας αὐτοῦ the days of his service came to an end Lk 1:23. ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμ. ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν the eighth day, on which he was to be circumcised, had come 2:21; cp. vs. 22. S. ἐκπλήρωσις, συμπληρόω, συντελέω, τελέω, τελειόω. The Hebr. has also furnished the expr. ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἡμέρᾳ day after day (Esth 3:4 יוֹם וָיוֹם=LXX καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν; יוֹם יוֹם Ps 68:20=LXX 67:20 ἡμέραν καθʼ ἡμέραν) 2 Cor 4:16; GJs 6:1.—ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας (rather oft. in the OT for various Hebr. expressions, but also in Henioch. Com. 5, 13 K.) day after day 2 Pt 2:8; prophetic quot. of unknown origin 2 Cl 11:2. ἡμέρᾳ ἀφʼ ἡμέρας GJs 12:3.③ a day appointed for very special purposes, day (UPZ 66, 5 [153 B.C.] ἡ ἡμ.=the wedding day; ins in ÖJh 64, ’95, p. 74 of a commemorative day for the founder of Ephesus τῇ τοῦ Ἀνδρόκλου ἡμέρᾳ), e.g. of childbirth J 16:21 v.l.ⓐ τακτῇ ἡμέρᾳ Ac 12:21. ἡμέραν τάξασθαι (Polyb. 18, 19, 1) 28:23. στῆσαι (Dionys. Hal. 6, 48) 17:31. ὁρίζειν (Polyb., Dionys. Hal.; Epict., Ench. 51, 1) Hb 4:7; Hv 2, 2, 5. Of the day of the census (s. Lk 2:1) αὕτη ἡ ἡμέρα κυρίου GJs 17:1. ἐν ἡμέρᾳ, ᾗ ἔμελλεν θηριομαχῖν ὁ Παῦλος AcPl Ha 3, 9.ⓑ esp. of a day of judgment, fixed by a judgeα. ἀνθρωπίνη ἡμ. a day appointed by a human court 1 Cor 4:3 (cp. the ins on a coin amulet [II/III A.D.] where these words are transl. ‘human judgment’ by CBonner, HTR 43, ’50, 165–68). This expr. is formed on the basis of ἡμ. as designatingβ. the day of God’s final judgment (s. ὥρα 3). ᾗ ἡμ. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου ἀποκαλύπτεται the day on which the Human One (Son of Man) reveals himself Lk 17:30; ἡ τοῦ θεοῦ ἡμ. 2 Pt 3:12. ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ μεγάλη τοῦ θεοῦ τ. παντοκράτορος Rv 16:14. ἡμ. κυρίου (Jo 1:15; 2:1, 11; Is 13:6, 9 al.) occurring only once in the NT of the day of God, the Lord, in an OT quot. πρὶν ἐλθεῖν ἡμ. κυρίου τ. μεγάλην κ. ἐπιφανῆ Ac 2:20 (Jo 3:4; cp. JosAs 14:2). Otherw. Jesus Christ is the Lord of this day: 1 Cor 5:5; 1 Th 5:2 (P-ÉLangevin, Jesus Seigneur, ’67, 107–67; GHolland, SBLSP 24, ’85, 327–41); 2 Th 2:2; 2 Pt 3:10. He is oft. mentioned by name or otherw. clearly designated, e.g. as υἱὸς τ. ἀνθρώπου, Lk 17:24; 1 Cor 1:8; 2 Cor 1:14; Phil 1:6, 10; 2:16. ἡ ἐσχάτη ἡμ. the last day (of this age) (s. ἔσχατος 2b) J 6:39f, 44, 54; 11:24; 12:48; Hv 2, 2, 5. ἡμ. (τῆς) κρίσεως (Pr 6:34; Jdth 16:17; PsSol 15:12; En; GrBar 1:7; cp. TestLevi 3:2, 3; Just., D. 38, 2; Tat. 12, 4) Mt 10:15; 11:22, 24; 12:36; 2 Pt 2:9; 3:7; 1J 4:17; 2 Cl 17:6; B 19:10. ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ὄτε κρίνει ὁ θεὸς διὰ Χρ. Ἰ. the day on which … Ro 2:16 (RBultmann, TLZ 72, ’47, 200f considers this a gloss). ἡμ. ὀργῆς καὶ ἀποκαλύψεως δικαιοκρισίας τοῦ θεοῦ 2:5 (ἡμ. ὀργῆς as Zeph 1:15, 18; 2:3; Ezk 7:19 v.l.; cp. Rv 6:17). ἡ ἡμ. ἡ μεγάλη (Jer 37:7; Mal 3:22) Rv 6:17; 16:14. ἡμ. μεγάλη καὶ θαυμαστή B 6:4. ἡμ. ἀπολυτρώσεως Eph 4:30. ἡμ. ἐπισκοπῆς (s. ἐπισκοπή 1a and b) 1 Pt 2:12. ἡμ. ἀνταποδόσεως B 14:9 (Is 61:2); ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμ. (Zeph 1:15; Am 9:11; Zech 12:3f; Is 10:20; Jer 37:7f) Mt 7:22; Lk 6:23; 10:12; 21:34; 2 Th 1:10; 2 Ti 1:12, 18; 4:8; AcPlCor 2:32. Perh. ἡμ. σφαγῆς (cp. Jer 12:3; En 16:1) Js 5:5 belongs here (s. σφαγή). Abs. ἡμ. 1 Cor 3:13; Hb 10:25; B 7:9; 21:3; cp. 1 Th 5:4.—ἡμέρα αἰῶνος (Sir 18:10) day of eternity 2 Pt 3:18 is also eschatological in mng.; it means the day on which eternity commences, or the day which itself constitutes eternity. In the latter case the pass. would belong to the next section.④ an extended period, time (like יוֹם, but not unknown among the Greeks: Soph., Aj. 131; 623; Eur., Ion 720; Aristot., Rhet. 2, 13, 1389b, 33f; PAmh 30, 43 [II B.C.] ἡμέρας αἰτοῦσα=‘she asked for time’, or ‘a respite’)ⓐ in sg. ἐν τ. ἡμέρᾳ τ. πονηρᾷ when the times are evil (unless the ref. is to the final judgment) Eph 6:13. ἐν ἡμ. σωτηρίας of the salutary time that has come for Christians 2 Cor 6:2 (Is 49:8). Of the time of the rescue fr. Egypt ἐν ἡμέρᾳ ἐπιλαβομένου μου τ. χειρὸς αὐτῶν at the time when I took them by the hand Hb 8:9 (Jer 38:32; on the constr. cp. Bar 2:28 and B-D-F §423, 5; Rob. 514). ἐν ἐκείνῃ τ. ἡμέρᾳ at that time Mk 2:20b; J 14:20; 16:23, 26. τ. ἡμέραν τ. ἐμήν my time (era) 8:56. ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ αὐτοῦ ἡμέρᾳ in his (Abraham’s) last days GJs 1:3.ⓑ chiefly in the pl. αἱ ἡμέραι of time of life or activity, w. gen. of pers. (1 Km 17:12 A; 2 Km 21:1; 3 Km 10:21; Esth 1:1s; Sir 46:7; 47:1; ἡμέραι αὐτοῦ En 12:2; ἡμέραι ἃς ἦτε 102:5 and oft.) ἐν ἡμέραις Ἡρῴδου Mt 2:1; Lk 1:5; Νῶε 17:26a; 1 Pt 3:20; Ἠλίου Lk 4:25. ἐν ταῖς ἡμ. τοῦ υἱοῦ τ. ἀνθρώπου 17:26b; cp. Mt 23:30. ἀπὸ τ. ἡμερῶν Ἰωάννου Mt 11:12. ἕως τ. ἡμερῶν Δαυίδ Ac 7:45; cp. 13:41 (Hab 1:5). W. gen. of thing ἡμέραι ἐκδικήσεως time of vengeance Lk 21:22; τ. ἀπογραφῆς Ac 5:37; cp. Rv 10:7; 11:6. ἐν τ. ἡμέραις τῆς σαρκὸς αὐτοῦ in the time of his appearance in the flesh Hb 5:7.—ἡμέραι πονηραί corrupt times Eph 5:16; cp. B 2:1; 8:6. ἡμ. ἀγαθαί happy times (Artem. 4, 8) 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:13). ἀφʼ ἡμερῶν ἀρχαίων Ac 15:7; αἱ πρότερον ἡμ. Hb 10:32. πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας all the time, always Mt 28:20 (cp. Dt 4:40; 5:29; PsSol 14:4). νῦν τ. ἡμέραις at the present time Hs 9, 20, 4. ἐν (ταῖς) ἐσχάταις ἡμ. Ac 2:17; 2 Ti 3:1; Js 5:3; B 4:9; D 16:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τ. ἡμερῶν τούτων Hb 1:2; cp. 2 Pt 3:3; GJs 7:2. ἐν τ. ἡμέραις ἐκείναις at that time Mt 3:1; 24:19, 38; Mk 1:9; Lk 2:1; 4:2b; 5:35b. ἐν τ. ἡμ. ταύταις at this time Lk 1:39; 6:12; Ac 1:15. εἰς ταύτας τ. ἡμέρας w. respect to our time (opp. πάλαι) Hs 9, 26, 6. πρὸ τούτων τ. ἡμερῶν before this (time) Ac 5:36; 21:38; πρὸς ὀλίγας ἡμ. for a short time Hb 12:10; ἐλεύσονται ἡμ. there will come a time: w. ὅταν foll. Mt 9:15; Mk 2:20a; Lk 5:35a; w. ὅτε foll. Lk 17:22 (Just., D. 40, 2). ἥξουσιν ἡμέραι ἐπί σε καί a time is coming upon you when Lk 19:43. ἡμ. ἔρχονται καί Hb 8:8 (Jer 38:31). ἐλεύσονται ἡμ. ἐν αἷς Lk 21:6; 23:29.—Esp. of time of life πάσαις τ. ἡμέραις ἡμῶν for our entire lives Lk 1:75. πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς αὐτοῦ all his life GJs 4:1 (cp. En 103:5; TestJob 46:9). μήτε ἀρχὴν ἡμερῶν μήτε ζωῆς τέλος ἔχων without either beginning or end of life Hb 7:3. προβεβηκὼς ἐν ταῖς ἡμ. advanced in years Lk 1:7, 18; cp. 2:36 (s. Gen 18:11; 24:1; Josh 13:1; 23:1; 3 Km 1:1; προβαίνω 2).—B. 991. DELG s.v. ἦμαρ. EDNT. M-M. TW. Sv. -
5 ὥρα
ὥρα or [full] ὤρα (B), only in [dialect] Ion. form [full] ὥρη, or [full] ὤρη, some part of a sacrificial victim,Aλάψεται γλῶσσαν, ὀσφῦν δασέαν, ὤρην SIG1037.2
(Milet., iv/iii B.C.); τοὺς Ἴωνας λέγειν φασὶ τὴν κωλῆν ὥρην καὶ ὡραίαν Sch.HQ Od.12.89: but distd. fr. κωλῆ, λάψεται.. κωλῆν ἀντὶ τῆς ὤρης SIGl.c.5; cf. ἄωρος(B). (Perh. cogn. with Lat. sūra.)------------------------------------ὥρα (C), [dialect] Ion. [full] ὥρη, ἡ: [dialect] Ep. gen. pl. ὡράων, [dialect] Ion. ὡρέων: loc. pl. ὥρασι, q. v.A any period, fixed by natural laws and revolutions, whether of the year, month, or day (the sense 'day' is implied in the compd. ἑπτάωρος, q. v.),νυκτός τε ὥραν καὶ μηνὸς καὶ ἐνιαυτοῦ X.Mem. 4.7.4
, cf. E.Alc. 449(lyr.), Pl.R. 527d;τοῦ γνώμονος ἡ σκιὰ ἐπιοῦσα ἐπὶ τὰς γραμμὰς σημαίνει τὰς ὥρας τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ καὶ τῆς ἡμέρας IG12(8).240
([place name] Samothrace): but specially,I in Hom., part of the year, season; mostly in pl., the seasons, , 19.152;ἀλλ' ὅτε δὴ μῆνές τε καὶ ἡμέραι ἐξετελεῦντο, ἂψ περιτελλομένου ἔτεος, καὶ ἐπήλυθον ὧραι 11.295
, 14.294;ἀλλ' ὅτε δή ῥ' ἐνιαυτὸς ἔην, περὶ δ' ἔτραπον ὧραι 10.469
, cf. Hes. Th. 58;Διὸς ὧραι Od.24.344
, cf. Pi.O.4.2; , cf. 1.32;δυώδεκα μέρεα δασαμένους τῶν ὡρέων ἐς [τὸν ἐνιαυτόν] Id.2.4
; οὐ μεταλλάσσουσι αἱ ὧραι ib.77;περιτελλομέναις ὥραις S.OT 156
(lyr.); πάσαις ὥραις at all seasons, Id.Fr.592.6 (lyr.), Ar.Av. 696 (anap.);ὧραι ἐτῶν καὶ ἐνιαυτῶν Pl.Lg. 906c
, cf. Smp. 188a, etc.;τῆς.. ὥρας τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ ταύτης οὔσης, ἐν ᾗ ἀσθενοῦσιν ἄνθρωποι μάλιστα Th.7.47
; χαλεπὴ ὥ. a bad season, Pl.Prt. 344d;ἀ δ' ὤρα χαλέπα Alc.39
; ἡ ὥ. αὕτη this season, X.Cyn.7.1, cf. 5.6; κατὰ τὰς ὥρας according to the seasons, Arist.GA 786a31;οἱ περὶ τὴν ὥραν χρόνοι Id.Pol. 1335a37
.—Hom. and Hes. distinguish three seasons, and express each by the sg. ὥρη, with a word added to specify each:a spring,ἔαρος.. ὥρη Il.6.148
;ὥρη εἰαρινή 2.471
, 16.643, Od.18.367, etc.; so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., ἦρος ὥρα or ὧραι, Ar.Nu. 1008 (anap.), E.Cyc. 508 (lyr.); ; (lyr.); v. infr. 2.c winter,χείματος ὥρη Hes.Op. 450
;ὥρῃ χειμερίῃ Od.5.485
, Hes.Op. 494; χειμῶνος ὥρᾳ in winter, And.1.137;χιονοβόλος Plu.2.182e
.—A. also names three seasons, Pr. 454sq.; an Egyptian division of the year, acc. to D.S.1.26.—A fourth first appears in Alcm.76, θέρος καὶ χεῖμα κὠπώραν τρίταν καὶ τέτρατον τὸ ϝῆρ; and in Hp.Vict.3.68,χειμών, ἦρ, θέρος, φθινόπωρον; ὥρας φαίνομεν ἡμεῖς ἦρος χειμῶνος ὀπώρας Ar.Av. 709
(anap.); τετράμορφοι ὧραι E(?).Fr. 943 (hex.): later, seven seasons are named,ἔαρ, θέρος, ὀπώρα, φθινόπωρον, σπορητός, χειμών, φυταλιά Gal.17(1).17
.2 esp. prime of the year, springtime,ὅσα φύλλα καὶ ἄνθεα γίγνεται ὥρῃ Od.9.51
, cf. Il.2.468;παρὰ τὴν καθεστηκυῖαν ὥραν Th.4.6
.b in historians, the campaigning season,τὸν τῆς ὥρας εἰς τὸν περίπλουν χρόνον X.HG6.2.13
; esp. in the phrase ὥρα ἔτους, Th.2.52, 6.70, Pl.Phdr. 229a, Lg. 952e, D.50.23, Thphr.CP3.23.2; εἰς ἔτους ὥραν next season, Plu.Per.10.3 the year generally,τῆς ὥρης μέσον θέρος Hdt.8.12
; ἐν τῇ πέρυσιν ὥρᾳ last year, D.56.3; εἰς ὥρας next year, Philem.116, Pl.Ep. 346c, LXX Ge.18.10, AP11.17 (Nicarch.), cf. Plu.Ages.22; also hereafter,E.
IA 122 (lyr.);ἐς τὰς ὥρας τὰς ἑτέρας Ar.Nu. 562
(lyr.);ἐκ τῶν ὡρῶν εἰς τὰς ὥρας Id.Th. 950
(anap.); κἠς ὥρας κἤπειτα next year and for ever, Theoc.15.74; alsoὥραις ἐξ ὡρᾶν Isyll.25
; cf. ὥρασιν.4 in pl., of the climate of a country, as determined by its seasons, Hdt.1.142, cf. 149, 4.199 (here perh. three harvest seasons);τὰς ὥ. κάλλιστα κεκρημένας Id.3.106
; cf. Pl.Criti. 111e, Phd. 111b; climatic conditions, Hdt.2.26.II time of day,νυκτὸς ἐν ὥρῃ h.Merc.67
, 155, 400; αἱ ὧ. τῆς ἡμέρας the times of day, i.e. morning, noon, evening, and night, X.Mem.4.3.4; δι' ὥραν ἡμέρας by the time of day (fixed for meetings), D.Prooem.49, etc.;πᾶσαν ὥ. τῆς ἡμέρας Arist.Mete. 371b31
;μεσονυκτίοις ποθ' ὥραις Anacreont.31.1
: without ἡμέρας orνυκτός, ἑκάστης ἡμέρας μέχρι τρίτου μέρους ὥρας Pl. Lg. 784a
;τῆς ὥρας μικρὸν πρὸ δύντος ἡλίου X.HG7.2.22
; ψευσθεὶς τῆς ὥ. having mistaken the hour, And.1.38; ἐποίησαν ἔξω μέσων νυκτῶν τὴν ὥραν, i.e. they prolonged the day beyond midnight, D.54.26;τῆς ὥρας ἐγίγνετ' ὀψέ Id.21.84
;ὀψίτερον τῆς ὥ. PTeb. 793 xi 12
(ii B. C.); it being late,Plb.
5.8.3;ἤδη ὥρα πολλή Ev.Marc.6.35
; ἄχρι πολλῆς ὥρας till late in the day, D.H.2.54.b duration, interval or lapse of time,μετὰ ἱκανὴν ὥραν τοῦ κατενεχθῆναι τὸν πέλεκυν ἐξακούεται ἡ τῆς πληγῆς φωνή S.E.M.5.69
; length of time, term, Ἄρτεμις ἐννέ' ἐτῶν δεκάδας βίον Ἀρτεμιδώρῳ ἔκχρησεν, τρεῖς δ' ὥραι(date.)ἔτι προσέθηκε Προνοίη IG12(3).1350.3
(Thera, ii B. C.); ἐπὶ πολλὴν ὥ. for a long time, J.AJ8.4.4.2 the νυχθήμερον was prob. first divided into twenty-four hours by Hipparch., ἐν πόσαις ὥραις ἰσημεριναῖς (equinoctial hours) , cf. Ptol.Alm.3.9, 4.9, al.b in ordinary life the day from sunrise to sunset was divided into twelve equal parts called ὧραι ( ὧραι καιρικαί when it was necessary to distinguish them from the ὧραι ἰσημεριναί, v. καιρικός 2 c),ἡμέρα ἡ.. δωδεκάωρος, τουτέστιν ἡ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῆς μέχρι δύσεως S.E.M.10.182
;οὐχὶ δώδεκά εἰσιν ὧραι τῆς ἡμέρας; Ev.Jo.11.9
;ὡράων ἀμφὶ δυωδεκάδι AP9.782
(Paul.Sil.); the time of day was commonly given without the Art.,ὥρᾳ ᾱ PHamb.1.96.3
(ii A. D.),τρίτης ὥρας Plu.Rom.12
; ὀγδόης, ἐνάτης, δεκάτης ὥ., Id.Alex.60, Aem.22, Ant.68, etc.; but we have περὶ τὴν τρίτην ὥραν, περὶ τὴν ἑνδεκάτην, Ev.Matt.20.3,6, beside περὶ ἕκτην καὶ ἐννάτην ὥ. ib.5;χθὲς ὥραν ἑβδόμην Ev.Jo.4.52
, cf. IG5(1).1390.109 (Andania, i B. C.), etc.; ἐρωτᾷ σε Χαιρήμων δειπνῆσαι.. αὔριον, ἥτις ἐστὶν ιε, ἀπὸ ὥρας θ ¯ - to-morrow the 15th at 9 o'clock, POxy.110 (ii A. D.): prov., δωδεκάτης ὥ., as we say 'at the eleventh hour', Plu.Crass.17.cτὰ δυώδεκα μέρεα τῆς ἡμέρης παρὰ Βαβυλωνίων ἔμαθον οἱ Ἕλληνες Hdt. 2.109
; here ἡμέρη means the νυχθήμερον, and the μέρεα were each = 2 ὧραι ἰσημεριναί; these double hours (Assyr. kaš-bu) are called ὧραι by Eudox.,ἥμισυ ζῳδίου.., ὅ ἐστιν ὥρας ἥμισυ Ars14.11
, cf. 16.2; cf.δωδεκάωρος 11
.III Astrol., degree of the zodiac rising at the nativity (cf.ὡρονόμος 11
,ὡροσκόπος 11
), ὥ. μεροποσπόρος, τεκνοσπόρος, Man.4.577, 597; ἐξ ὥρης ἐσορῶν Ζεὺς Ἑρμείην Jupiter in the ascendant in aspect with Mercury, Id.3.186, cf. 32, al.B the fitting time or season for a thing (mostly without Art., even in [dialect] Att.), freq. in Hom. (v. infr.);ὥρα συνάπτει Pi.P.4.247
;ὧραι ἐπειγόμεναι Id.N.4.34
;ὅταν ὥ. ἥκῃ X.Mem.2.1.2
; but with Art.,τῆς ὥ. ἐνθυμεῖσθαι Id.Cyn.8.6
: freq. in later writers,τῆς ὥρας ἐπιγενομένης Plb.2.34.3
, etc.2 c. gen. rei, ὥρη κοίτοιο, μύθων, ὕπνου, the time for bed, tale-telling, or sleep, Od.3.334, 11.379, cf. Hdt.1.10;ὥρη δόρποιο Od.14.407
;περὶ ἀρίστου ὥραν Th.7.81
, X.HG1.1.13;πολυηράτου ἐς γάμου ὥρην Od.15.126
;ἐς γάμου ὥρην ἀπικέσθαι Hdt. 6.61
;γάμων ἔχειν ὥραν D.H.5.32
; so εἰς ἀνδρὸς ὥραν ἥκουσα time for a husband, Pl.Criti. 113d; ὥρη ἀρότου, ἀμήτου, Hes.Op. 460, 575;μέχρι ἀρότου ὥρης IG7.235.3
(Oropus, iv B. C.);καρπῶν ὧραι Ar.Ra. 1034
(anap.);ἡ ὥρα τῆς ὀχείας Arist.HA 509b20
; τοῦ φωλεύειν ib. 579a26, etc.; also ὥραν εἶχον παιδεύεσθαι I was of age to.. Is.9.28.3 ὥρα [ἐστίν] c. inf., it is time to do a thing,ἀλλὰ καὶ ὥρη εὕδειν Od.11.330
, cf. 373; so also in Trag. and [dialect] Att., E.Ph. 1584, Heracl. 288 (anap.), Ar.Ec.30, Pl.Prt. 361e, 362a; soδοκεῖ οὐχ ὥρα εἶναι καθεύδειν X.An.1.3.11
, cf. HG7.2.13 (dub. l.): c. acc. et inf., , cf. S.OT 466 (lyr.): c. dat. et inf., X.Cyr.4.5.1, Pl.Tht. 145b: in these phrases the inf. [tense] pres. is almost universal; the [tense] aor., however, occurs in Od.21.428, S.Aj. 245 (lyr.), Ar.Ach. 393 (where also ἐστί is added to ὥρα, as in Philyll.3, ἀφαιρεῖν ὥρα 'στὶν ἤδη τὰς τραπέζας); and the [tense] pf. inὥρα πεπαῦσθαι Plu.2.728d
: sts. the inf. must be supplied,οὐδέ τί σε χρή, πρὶν ὥρη, καταλέχθαι Od.15.394
, cf. E.El. 112 (lyr.), Ar.Ec. 877; ὥρα κἠς οἶκον (i. e. ἰέναι εἰς οἶκον) Theoc.15.147.4 in various adverb. usages, at the right time,Hdt.
2.2, 8.19, X.Oec.20.16: but τὴν ὥ. at that hour, Hes.Sc. 401; ταύτην τὴν ὥραν at this season, X.Cyn.9.1;[ἡ ἶρις] πᾶσαν ὥραν γίγνεται τῆς ἡμέρας Arist.Mete. 371b31
;δείελον ὥρην παύομαι ἀμήτοιο A.R. 3.417
; ὥραν οὐδενὸς κοινὴν θεῶν at an hour.., A.Eu. 109, cf. E.Ba. 724, Aeschin.1.9; αὐτῆς ὥρας immediately, PMich. in Class.Phil.22.255(iii A. D.); ἐν ὥρῃ in due season, in good time, Od.17.176, Hdt. 1.31, cf. Pi.O.6.28, Ar.V. 242, etc.; also αἰεὶ εἰς ὥρας in successive seasons, Od.9.135; ἐς τὰς ὥρας for all time, Ar.Ra. 382 (lyr. cf. supr. A. 1.3) (hence in an acclamation [ε] ἰς ὥρας πᾶσι τοῖς τὴν πόλιν φιλοῦσιν hurrah for.., POxy.41.29 (iii/iv A. D.));οἱ ὧδε χέζοντες εἰς ὥ. μὴ ἔλθοιεν Milet.2(3)
No.406, cf.ὥρασι; καθ' ὥραν Theoc.18.12
, Plb.1.45.4, cf. 3.93.6, etc.; opp.παρ' ὥρην AP7.534
(Alex.Aet. or Autom.), cf. Plu.2.784b, etc.:—πρὸ τῆς ὥρας X.Oec.20.16
;πρὸ ὥρας Luc.Luct.13
;πρὸ ὥρας τελευτῆσαι IG42(1).84.26
(Epid., i A. D.);πρὶν ὥρας Pi.P.4.43
(cf.πρίν A. 11.4
).II metaph., the spring-time of life, the bloom of youth, Mimn.3.1;ὥραν ἐχούσας A.Supp. 997
, cf. Th.13, 535;παῖδας πρὸς τέρμασιν ὥρας Ar.Av. 705
(anap.);πάντες οἱ ἐν ὥρᾳ Pl.R. 474d
; οὐκ ἐνὥ., = πρεσβύτερος, Id.Phdr. 240d;ἐὰν ἐπὶ ὥρᾳ ᾖ Id.R. 474e
;ἕως ἂν ἐν ὥρᾳ ὦσι Id.Men. 76b
; παυσαμένου τῆς ὥ. prob. in Id.Phdr. 234a;ἀνθεῖν ἐν ὥ. Id.R. 475a
;τὴν ὥ. διαφυλάξαι ἄβατον τοῖς πονηροῖς Isoc.10.58
; λήγειν ὥρας, opp. ἀνθεῖν, Pl.Alc.1.131e;ἑς ἐπιγινόμενόν τι τέλος, οἷον τοῖς ἀκμαίοις ἡ ὥρα Arist.EN 1174b33
, cf. 1157a8.2 freq. involving an idea of beauty,φεῦ φεῦ τῆς ὥρας τοῦ κάλλους Ar.Av. 1724
(lyr.);ὥρᾳ.. ἡλικίας λαμπρός Th.6.54
;κάλλει καὶ ὥρᾳ διενεγκόντες Aeschin.1.134
, cf. ib.158;καλὸς ὥρᾳ τε κεκραμένος Pi.O.10(11).104
, cf. X.Mem. 2.1.22, Pl.Lg. 837b; quaestum corpore facere,Plu.
Tim..14, cf. X.Mem..1.6.13, Smp.8.21;τὴν ὥ. πεπωληκότες Phld.Rh.1.344
S.:—then,b generally, beauty, grace, elegance of style, D.H.Pomp.2, Plu.2.874b, etc.;γλυκύτης καὶ ὥ. Hermog.Id.2.3
, cf. Men.Rh.p.335 S., Him.Or.1.2; of beauty in general,χάρις καὶ ὥρα Plu.2.128d
.III = τὰ ὡραῖα, the produce of the season, fruits of the year,ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐτρέφοντο X.HG2.1.1
.C personified, αἱὯραι, the Hours, keepers of heaven's cloudgate, Il.5.749, 8.393; and ministers of the gods, ib. 433;Ζεῦ, τεαὶ.. Ὧραι Pi.O.4.2
; esp. of Aphrodite, h.Hom.6.5,12; also Ὧ. Διονυσιάδες, Καρνειάδες, Simon.148, Call.Ap.87; three in number, Eunomia, Dike, Eirene, daughters of Zeus and Themis, Hes.Th. 901;Ωραι πολυάνθεμοι Pi.O.13.17
, cf. Alex.261.6, Theoc.1.150, etc.: freq. joined with the Χάριτες, h.Ap. 194, Hes.Op.75; worshipped at Athens, Paus.9.35.1; at Argos, Id.2.20.5; at Attaleia, BMus.Inscr. 1044 (i B. C.). -
6 ὥρα
ὥρα, ας, ἡ (Hom. [ὥρη]+; ins, pap, LXX; PsSol 18:10; TestSol, TestAbr, TestJob, Test12Patr, JosAs, ParJer, GrBar; ApcEsdr 3:4 p. 27, 9 Tdf.; ApcSed, ApcMos, EpArist, Philo, Joseph.; Ar. 15:10; Just.; Tat. 20, 2).① an undefined period of time in a day, time of day ὀψὲ ἤδη οὔσης τῆς ὥρας since it was already late in the day or since the hour was (already) late Mk 11:11 v.l.; cp. MPol 7:1b (s. ὀψέ 1 and 2; Demosth. 21, 84; Polyb. 3, 83, 7 ὀψὲ τῆς ὥρας). ὀψίας οὔσης τῆς ὥρας Mk 11:11 (ὄψιος 1). ὥρα πολλή late hour (Polyb. 5, 8, 3; Dionys. Hal. 2, 54; TestAbr A 14 p. 94, 24 [Stone p. 36]; Jos., Ant. 8, 118) 6:35ab. ἡ ὥρα ἤδη παρῆλθεν Mt 14:15 (παρέρχομαι 2).—Mt 24:42 v.l., 44; Lk 12:39, 40; Rv 3:3; D 16:1. W. ἡμέρα day and time of day, hour (ApcEsdr 3:4 p. 27, 9 Tdf.) Mt 24:36, 50; 25:13; Mk 13:32; Lk 12:46.② a period of time as division of a day, hourⓐ beside year, month, and day Rv 9:15; the twelfth part of a day (=period of daylight) οὐχὶ δώδεκα ὧραί εἰσιν τῆς ἡμέρας; J 11:9 (TestAbr B 7 p. 111, 24 [Stone p. 70]). μίαν ὥραν ἐποίησαν Mt 20:12 (s. ποιέω 6); cp. Lk 22:59; Ac 5:7; 19:34 (ἐπὶ ὥρας δύο CBurchard, ZNW 61, ’70, 167f; TestBenj 3:7, Judah 3, 4); MPol 7:3. συνεψήφισα τὰς ὥρας I counted the hours Hv 3, 1, 4. One ὥρα in this world corresponds to a ὥρα thirty days in length in the place of punishment Hs 6, 4, 4. μίαν ὥραν (not even) one hour Mt 26:40; Mk 14:37. Such passages help us to understand how ὥρα can acquire the senseⓑ a short period of time μιᾷ ὥρᾳ (cp. TestJob 7:12; ApcMos 25 [both ἐν]) in a single hour=in an extraordinarily short time Rv 18:10, 17, 19. μίαν ὥραν for a very short time 17:12. Likew. πρὸς ὥραν for a while, for a moment J 5:35; 2 Cor 7:8; Gal 2:5 (s. on this pass. KLake, Gal 2:3–5: Exp. 7th ser., 1, 1906, 236–45; CWatkins, Der Kampf des Pls um Galatien 1913; BBacon, JBL 42, 1923, 69–80); Phlm 15; MPol 11:2. πρὸς καιρὸν ὥρας 1 Th 2:17.ⓒ as a temporal indicator, reckoned from the beginning of the day (6 hours or 6 A.M., our time) or the night (18 hours or 6 P.M.) (Plut. et al.; Appian, Mithrid. 19 §72 ἑβδόμης ὥρας=at the 7th hour or 1 P.M.; SIG 671A, 9 [162/160 B.C.] ὥρας δευτέρας; 736, 109 [92 B.C.] ἀπὸ τετάρτας ὥρας ἕως ἑβδόμας; Jos., Vi. 279 ἕκτη ὥ.; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 1 II, 21 [246 B.C.] περὶ ὀγδόην ὥραν; PTebt 15, 2 [II B.C.]; Sb 5252, 20 [I A.D.] ἀφʼ ὥρας ὀγδόης; EpArist 303 μέχρι μὲν ὥρας ἐνάτης) ἕως ὥρας δευτέρας until the second hour (=8 A.M.) Hs 9, 11, 7. ὥρα τρίτη nine o’clock (A.M.) Mk 15:25 (Goodsp., Probs. 68f); Ac 2:15 (τῆς ἡμέρας); περὶ τρίτην ὥραν about nine o’clock (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 45 §182 περὶ τρίτην ὥραν ἡμέρας) Mt 20:3; ἀπὸ τρίτης ὥρας τῆς νύκτος by nine o’clock at night (= 21 hours, or simply tonight) Ac 23:23 (TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 11 [Stone p. 12] περὶ ὥραν τρίτην τῆς νυκτός; cp. ibid. B 6 p. 109, 27 [St. p. 66]; Jos., Bell. 6, 68; 79 ἀπὸ ἐνάτης ὥ. τῆς νυκτὸς εἰς ἑβδόμην τῆς ἡμέρας). ἀπὸ ὥρας ε´ (=πέμπτης) ἕως δεκάτης from eleven o’clock in the morning until four in the afternoon (= 16 hours) Ac 19:9 v.l. περὶ ὥραν πέμπτην (PTebt 15, 2 [114 B.C.]; POxy 1114, 24 περὶ ὥ. τρίτην) at eleven o’clock (A.M.) Hv 3, 1, 2. ὥρα ἕκτη twelve o’clock noon Mt 20:5; 27:45a; Mk 15:33a; Lk 23:44a; J 4:6 (ὥρα ὡς ἕκτη about noon; TestJos 8:1 ὥρα ὡσεὶ ἕκτη; ParJer 1:11 ἕκτην ὥραν τῆς νυκτός); 19:14 (ὥρα ὡς ἕκτη); Ac 10:9. ἐχθὲς ὥραν ἑβδόμην yesterday at one o’clock in the afternoon (= 13 hours) J 4:52b (on the use of the acc. to express a point of time s. Hdb. ad loc.; Soph., Lex. I 44; B-D-F §161, 3; Rob. 470). ὥρᾳ ὀγδόῃ at two o’clock in the afternoon (= 14 hours) MPol 21. ὥρα ἐνάτη three in the afternoon (= 15 hours) Mt 20:5; 27:45f; Mk 15:33b, 34; Lk 23:44b; Ac 3:1 (ἐπὶ τὴν ὥραν τῆς προσευχῆς τὴν ἐνάτην); 10:3 (ὡσεὶ περὶ ὥ. ἐνάτην τῆς ἡμέρας); ὥρας θ´ AcPl Ha 11, 3; περὶ ὥραν ἐνάτην GJs 2:4; GPt 6:22 (TestAbr B 12 p. 117, 2 [Stone p. 82] κατὰ τὴν ἐνάτην ὥραν). ὥρα ὡς δεκάτη about four in the afternoon (= 16 hours) J 1:39. ἑνδεκάτη ὥρα five o’clock in the afternoon (= 17 hours) Mt 20:(6, without ὥρα), 9. ἀπὸ τετάρτης ἡμέρας μέχρι ταύτης τῆς ὥρας ἤμην τὴν ἐνάτην προσευχόμενος four days ago, reckoned from (=at) this very hour, I was praying at three o’clock in the afternoon (= 15 hours) Ac 10:30 (echoing vs. 3, but inelegantly phrased; s. comm. on the textual problems). ἐπύθετο τὴν ὥραν ἐν ᾗ … he inquired at what time … J 4:52a; cp. vs. 53 (cp. Ael. Arist. 50, 56 K.=26 p. 519 D.: … τὴν ὥραν αἰσθάνομαι … ἐκείνην, ἐν ᾗ … ; 47, 56 K.=23 p. 459 D.: ἀφυπνιζόμην κ. εὗρον ἐκείνην τὴν ὥραν οὖσαν, ᾗπερ …). ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ὥρᾳ ἐμαρτύρησεν ὁ Πολύκαρπος the very day and hour that … EpilMosq 4.—Less definite are the indications of time in such expressions as ἄχρι τῆς ἄρτι ὥρας up to the present moment 1 Cor 4:11. πᾶσαν ὥραν hour after hour, every hour, constantly (Ex 18:22; Lev 16:2; JosAs 15:7; Ar. [Milne 76, 34]; cp. TestJob 10:1 πάσας ὥρας) 15:30. Also καθʼ ὥραν (Strabo 15, 1, 55; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 3, 69) 2 Cl 12:1. αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ at that very time, at once, instantly (oft. pap, e.g. POxy 235, 7 [I A.D.]; Da 3:6, 15; TestAbr B 12 p. 116, 27 [Stone p. 80]; GrBar 14:1; 15:1; ApcMos 20) Lk 2:38; 24:33; Ac 16:18; 22:13.③ a point of time as an occasion for an event, time (BGU 1816, 12 [I B.C.] πρὸ ὥρας=before the right time) ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ Mt 8:13; 10:19; 18:1 (v.l. ἡμέρᾳ); 26:55; Mk 13:11; Lk 7:21; Ac 16:33; Rv 11:13; MPol 7:2a; GJs 20:2 (only pap). Likew. ἐν αὐτῇ τῇ ὥρᾳ Lk 10:21; 12:12; 13:31; 20:19 (on both expressions s. JJeremias, ZNW 42, ’49, 214–17). ἀπὸ τῆς ὥρας ἐκείνης from that time on, at once Mt 9:22; 15:28; 17:18; J 19:27. ὥρα ἐν ᾗ J 5:28. ὥρα ὅτε 4:21, 23; 5:25; 16:25 (cp. ApcMos 17 περὶ ὥραν ὅταν). ὥρα ἵνα 16:2, 32. W. gen. of thing, the time for which has come (Diod S 13, 94, 1; Ael. Aristid. 51, 1 K.=27 p. 534 D.; PGM 1, 221 ἀνάγκης; JosAs 3:3 μεσημβρίας … καὶ ἀρίστου; ApcMos 42 [of Eve’s request] ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ τῆς τελευτῆς αὐτῆς; Jos., Ant. 7, 326 ὥ. ἀρίστου; SibOr 4, 56) ἡ ὥρα τοῦ θυμιάματος Lk 1:10; τοῦ δείπνου 14:17, cp. MPol 7:1a; τοῦ πειρασμοῦ Rv 3:10; τῆς κρίσεως 14:7; τῆς δοξολογίας αὐτοῦ GJs 13:1; τοῦ ἀσπασμοῦ 24:1; ἡ ὥρα αὐτῶν the time for them J 16:4; w. the gen. (of the Passover) to be supplied Lk 22:14. Also w. inf. (Hom. et al.; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 20, 1; Aelian, VH 1, 21) ἡ ὥρα θερίσαι the time to reap Rv 14:15 (cp. Theopomp. [IV B.C.]: 115 Fgm. 31 Jac. θερινὴ ὥ.; Paus. 2, 35, 4 ὥ. θέρους). Also acc. w. inf. (Gen 29:7) ὥρα (ἐστιν) ὑμᾶς ἐξ ὕπνου ἐγερθῆναι Ro 13:11.—W. gen. of pers. the time of or for someone to do or to suffer someth. (cp. Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 168 σὸς νῦν ὁ καιρός ἐστιν, ἐπέγειρε σαυτόν) of a woman who is to give birth (cp. GrBar 3:5 ἐν τῇ ὥρᾳ τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν) ἡ ὥρα αὐτῆς J 16:21 (v.l. ἡμέρα, s. ἡμέρα 3, beg.).—Lk 22:53. Esp. of Jesus, of whose ὥρα J speaks, as the time of his death (Diod S 15, 87, 6: the dying Epaminondas says ὥρα ἐστὶ τελευτᾶν. Cp. MPol 8:1 τοῦ ἐξιέναι) and of the glorification which is inextricably bound up w. it ἡ ὥρα αὐτοῦ J 7:30; 8:20; 13:1 (foll. by ἵνα); cp. ἡ ὥρα μου 2:4 (s. Hdb. ad loc.). ἡ ὥρα ἵνα δοξασθῇ 12:23. ἡ ὥρα αὕτη 12:27ab. Also abs. ἐλήλυθεν ἡ ὥρα 17:1 (AGeorge, ‘L’heure’ de J 17, RB 61, ’54, 392–97); cp. Mt 26:45; Mk 14:35, 41.—ἐσχάτη ὥρα the last hour in the present age of the world’s existence 1J 2:18ab.—CCowling, Mark’s Use of ὥρα, Australian Biblical Review 5, ’56, 153–60. EBickermann, Chronology of the Ancient World 2 ’80, 13–16.—B. 954 and esp. 1001. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. -
7 διά
διά, poet. [full] διαί ([dialect] Aeol. [full] ζά, q.v.), Prep. governing gen. and acc.— Rad. sense,A through; never anastroph. [Prop. δῐᾰ: but Hom. uses [pron. full] ῑ at the beginning of a line, Il.3.357, 4.135, al.: also ᾱ, metri gr., freq. in Hom., for which A. uses [full] διαί in lyr., Ag. 448, al.]A WITH GEN.I of Place or Space:1 of motion in a line, from one end to the other, right through, in Hom. freq. of the effect of weapons,διὰ μὲν ἀσπίδος ἦλθε.. ἔγχος καὶ διὰ θώρηκος.. Il. 3.357
; ;δι' ὤμου.. ἔγχος ἦλθεν 4.481
; in Prose,τιτρώσκειν διὰ τοῦ θώρακος X.An.1.8.26
; διὰ τοῦ ὀρόφου ἐφαίνετο πῦρ ib.7.4.16: also of persons, διὰ Σκαιῶν πεδίονδ' ἔχον ὠκέας ἵππους out through the Scaean gate, Il.3.263; δι' ἠέρος αἰθέρ' ἵκανεν quite through the lower air even to the ether, Il.14.288, cf. 2.458; διὰ Τρώων πέτετο straight through them, 13.755;δι' ὄμματος.. λείβων δάκρυον S.OC 1250
, etc.: also in Compos. with πρό and ἐκ, v. διαπρό, διέκ: in adverbial phrases, διὰ πασῶν (sc. χορδῶν), v. διαπασῶν: throughout,Th.
1.14; idly,Id.
4.126, etc. (cf.111.1.c).2 of motion through a space, but not in a line, throughout, ouer,ἑπόμεσθα διὰ πεδίοιο Il.11.754
;δι' ὄρεσφι 10.185
, al.; ὀδύνη διὰ χροὸς ἦλθε through all his frame, 11.398;τεῦχε βοὴν διὰ ἄστεος Od.10.118
;δι' ὁμίλου Il.6.226
, etc.;θορύβου διὰ τῶν τάξεων ἰόντος X.An.1.8.16
, cf. 2.4.26, etc.; later, in quoting an authority,ἱστορεῖ δ. τῆς δευτέρας
in the course of..,Ath.
10.438b.3 in the midst of, Il.9.468;κεῖτο τανυσσάμενος δ. μήλων Od.9.298
; between,δ. τῶν πλευρέων ταμόντα Hp.Morb.2.61
: hence, of pre-eminence,ἔπρεπε καὶ δ. πάντων Il.12.104
;τετίμακε δι' ἀνθρώπων Pi.I.4(3).37
;εὐδοκιμέοντι δ. πάντων Hdt.6.63
, cf. 1.25, etc.4 in Prose, sts. of extension, along,παρήκει δ. τῆσδε τῆς θαλάσσης ἡ ἀκτή Id.4.39
(but πέταται δ. θαλάσσας across the sea, Pi.N.6.48);λόφος, δι' οὗ τὸ σταύρωμα περιεβέβληντο X.HG7.4.22
.5 in Prose, of Intervals of Space, δ. τριήκοντα δόμων at intervals of thirty layers, i. e. after every thirtieth layer, Hdt.1.179; δ. δέκα ἐπάλξεων at every tenth battlement, Th.3.21; cf. infr. 11.3: of a single interval, δ. πέντε σταδίων at a distance of five stades, Hdt.7.30, cf. 198; δ. τοσούτου μᾶλλον ἢ δ. πολλῶν ἡμερῶν ὁδοῦ at so short a distance, etc., Th.2.29; δ. πολλοῦ at a great distance apart, Id.3.94;δ. πλείστου Id.2.97
;δι' ἐλάσσονος Id.3.51
;ὕδατα δ. μακροῦ ἀλόμενα Hp.
Aër.9, etc.II of Time,1 of duration from one end of a period to the other, throughout, δ. παντὸς [τοῦ χρόνου] Hdt.9.13;δι' ὅλου τοῦ αἰῶνος Th.1.70
;δι' αἰῶνος S.El. 1024
;δι' ἡμέρας ὅλης Ar. Pax 27
;δι' ὅλης τῆς νυκτός X.An.4.2.4
, etc.: without an Adj., δι' ἡμέρης all day long, Hdt.1.97;δ. νυκτός Th.2.4
, X.An.4.6.22 (but δ. νυκτός in the course of the night, by night, Act.Ap.5.19, PRyl.138.15 (i A. D.), etc.);δ. νυκτὸς καὶ ἡμέρας Pl.R. 343b
; δι' ἐνιαυτοῦ, δι' ἔτους, Ar.Fr.569.8, V. 1058;δ. βίου Pl.Smp. 183e
, etc.;δ. τέλους
from beginning to end,A.
Pr. 275, Pl.R. 519c, etc.: with Adjs. alone,δ. παντός
continually,A.
Ch. 862 (lyr.), etc.; δι' ὀλίγου for a short time, Th.1.77;δ. μακροῦ E.Hec. 320
;ὁ δ. μέσου χρόνος Hdt. 8.27
.2 of the interval which has passed between two points of Time, δ. χρόνου πολλοῦ or δ. πολλοῦ χρ. after a long time, Id.3.27, Ar.Pl. 1045;δ. μακρῶν χρόνων Pl.Ti. 22d
: without an Adj., δ. χρόνου after a time, S.Ph. 758, X.Cyr.1.4.28, etc.; δι' ἡμερῶν after several days, Ev.Marc.2.1; and with Adjs. alone,δι' ὀλίγου Th.5.14
;οὐ δ. μακροῦ Id.6.15
,91;δ. πολλοῦ Luc.Nigr.2
, etc.: with Numerals,δι' ἐτέων εἴκοσι Hdt.6.118
, cf. OGI56.38 (iii B. C.), etc.: but δ. τῆς ἑβδόμης till the seventh day, Luc.Hist.Conscr.21: also distributively, χρόνος δ. χρόνου προὔβαινε time after time, S.Ph. 285;ἄλλος δι' ἄλλου E.Andr. 1248
.3 of successive Intervals, δ. τρίτης ἡμέρης every other day, Hdt.2.37; δ. τρίτου ἔτεος ib.4, etc.; δ. πεντετηρίδος every four years (with inclusive reckoning), Id.3.97; δι' ἔτους πέμπτου, of the Olympic games, Ar.Pl. 584 (but δι' ἑνδεκάτου ἔτεος in the course of the eleventh year, Hdt.1.62).III causal, through, by,a of the Agent, δι' ἀλλέλων or -ου ἐπικηρυκεύεσθαι, ποιεῖσθαι, by the mouth of.., Id.1.69,6.4, cf. 1.113;δι' ἑρμηνέως λέγειν X.An.2.3.17
, etc.;τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου δ. τοῦ προφήτου Ev.Matt.1.22
;δι' ἑκόντων ἀλλ' οὐ δ. βίας ποιεῖσθαι Pl.Phlb. 58b
; πεσόντ' ἀλλοτρίας διαὶ γυναικός by her doing, A.Ag. 448 (lyr.);ἐκ θεῶν γεγονὼς δ. βασιλέων πεφυκώς X.Cyr.7.2.24
; δι' ἑαυτοῦ ποιεῖν τι of oneself, not by another's agency, ib.1.1.4, etc.; but also, by oneself alone, unassisted, D.15.14, cf. 22.38.b of the Instrument or Means, δ. χειρῶν by hand (prop. by holding between the hands),δι' ὁσίων χ. θιγών S. OC 470
; also δ. χερῶν λαβεῖν, δ. χειρὸς ἔχειν in the hand, Id.Ant. 916, 1258 (but τὰ τῶν ξυμμάχων δ. χειρὸς ἔχειν to keep a firm hand on, Th.2.13);δ. στέρνων ἔχειν S.Ant. 639
;ἡ ἀκούουσα πηγὴ δι' ὤτων Id.OT 1387
;δ. στόματος ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.4.25
;δ. μνήμης ἔχειν Luc.Cat.9
;αἱ δ. τοῦ σώματος ἡδοναί X.Mem.1.5.6
; δ. λόγων συγγίγνεσθαι to hold intercourse by word, Pl.Plt. 272b;δ. λόγου ἀπαγγέλλειν Act.Ap.15.27
;δι' ἐπιστολῶν 2 Ep.Cor.10.9
, POxy. 1070.15 (iii A. D.).c of Manner (where διά with its Noun freq. serves as an Adv.),δ. μέθης ποιήσασθαι τὴν συνουσίαν Pl.Smp. 176e
; παίω δι' ὀργῆς through passion, in passion, S.OT 807; δ. τάχους, = ταχέως, Id.Aj. 822, Th.1.63 (but δ. ταχέων ib.80, al.); δ. σπουδῆς in haste, hastily, E.Ba. 212; δι' αἰδοῦς with reverence, respectfully, ib. 441; δ. ψευδῶν ἔπη lying words, Id.Hel. 309; αἱ δ. καρτερίας ἐπιμέλειαι long-continued exertions, X.Mem.2.1.20; δι' ἀκριβείας, δ. πάσης ἀκρ., Pl.Ti. 23d, Lg. 876c;δ. σιγῆς Id.Grg. 450c
;δ. ξυμφορῶν ἡ ξύμβασις ἐγένετο Th.6.10
;οὐ δι' αἰνιγμάτων, ἀλλ' ἐναργῶς γέγραπται Aeschin.3.121
;δι' αἵματος, οὐ δ. μέλανος τοὺς νόμους ὁ Δράκων ἔγραψεν Plu.Sol.17
: also with Adjs., δ. βραχέων, δ. μακρῶν τοὺς λόγους ποιεῖσθαι, Isoc.14.3, Pl.Grg. 449b; ἀποκρίνεσθαι δ. βραχυτάτων ibid. d; cf. infr. IV.2 in later Prose, of Material out of which a thing is made, ; ;βρώματα δ. μέλιτος καὶ γάλακτος γιγνόμενα Ath.14.646e
;οἶνος δ. βουνίου Dsc. 5.46
.IV διά τινος ἔχειν, εἶναι, γίγνεσθαι, to express conditions or states, ἀγὼν διὰ πάσης ἀγωνίης ἔχων extending through every kind of contest, Hdt.2.91;δι' ἡσυχίης εἶναι Id.1.206
; δι' ὄχλου εἶναι to be troublesome, Ar.Ec. 888;δ. φόβου εἶναι Th.6.59
;δι' ἀπεχθείας γίγνεσθαι X.Hier.9.2
; ἡ ἐπιμέλεια δ. χάριτος γίγνεται ibid.;δ. μιᾶς γνώμης γίγνεσθαι Isoc.4.138
.b with Verbs of motion, δ. μάχης ἐλεύσονται will engage in battle, Hdt.6.9;ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92
; δ. παντὸς πολέμου, δ. φιλίας ἰέναι τινί, X.An.3.2.8; δ. δίκης ἰέναι τινί go to law with.., S.Ant. 742, cf. Th.6.60;δ. τύχης ἰέναι S.OT 773
;δι' ὀργῆς ἥκειν Id.OC 905
; ἐμαυτῷ δ. λόγων ἀφικόμην I held converse with myself, E.Med. 872; δ. λόγων, δ. γλώσσης ἰέναι come to open speech, Id.Tr. 916, Supp. 112; δ. φιλημάτων ἰέναι come to kissing, Id.Andr. 416;δ. δικαιοσύνης ἰέναι καὶ σωφροσύνης Pl.Prt. 323a
, etc.; δ. πυρὸς ἰέναι (v. πῦρ): in pass. sense, δι' ἀπεχθείας ἐλθεῖν τινι to be hated by.., A.Pr. 121 (anap.).c with trans. Verbs, δι' αἰτίας ἔχειν or ἄγειν τινά hold in fault, Th.2.60, Ael.VH9.32;δι' ὀργῆς ἔχειν τινά Th.2.37
, etc.;δ. φυλακῆς ἔχειν τι Id.7.8
; δι' οἴκτου ἔχειν τινά, δι' αἰσχύνης ἔχειν τι, E.Hec. 851, IT 683;δ. πένθους τὸ γῆρας διάγειν X.Cyr.4.6.6
; .B WITH Acc.I of Place, only Poet., in same sense as διά c. gen.:1 through,ἓξ δὲ δ. πτύχας ἦλθε.. χαλκός Il.7.247
;ἤϊξε δ. δρυμὰ.. καὶ ὕλην 11.118
, cf. 23.122, etc.; δ. τάφρον ἐλαύνειν across it, 12.62;δ. δώματα ποιπνύοντα 1.600
;ἐπὶ χθόνα καὶ δ. πόντον βέβακεν Pi.I.4(3).41
;φεύγειν δ. κῦμ' ἅλιον A.Supp.14
(anap.).2 through, among, in,οἴκεον δι' ἄκριας Od.9.400
;ἄραβος δὲ δ. στόμα γίγνετ' ὀδόντων Il.10.375
(but μῦθον, ὃν.. δ. στόμα.. ἄγοιτο through his mouth, 14.91; soδ. στόμα ὄσσαν ἱεῖσαι Hes.Th.65
;ἀεὶ γὰρ ἡ γυνή σ' ἔχει δ. στόμα Ar.Lys. 855
);δ. κρατερὰς ὑσμίνας Hes.Th. 631
; (lyr.).II of Time, also Poet.,δ. νύκτα Il.2.57
, etc.; δ. γλυκὺν ὕπνον during sweet sleep, Mosch.4.91.III causal:1 of persons, thanks to, by aid of,νικῆσαι δ... Ἀθήνην Od.8.520
, cf. 13.121;δ. δμῳὰς.. εἷλον 19.154
; δ. σε by thy fault or service, S.OC 1129, Ar.Pl. 145, cf. 160, 170: in Prose, by reason of, on account of,δ' ἡμᾶς Th.1.41
, cf. X.An.7.6.33, D.18.249;οὐ δι' ἐμαυτόν And.1.144
; so εἰ μὴ διά τινα if it had not been for..,εἰ μὴ δι' ἄνδρας ἀγαθούς Lys.12.60
;Μιλτιάδην εἰς τὸ βάραθρον ἐμβαλεῖν ἐψηφίσαντο, καὶ εἰ μὴ δ. τὸν πρύτανιν ἐνέπεσεν ἄν Pl.Grg. 516e
, cf. D.19.74;εἰ μὴ δ. τὴν ἐκείνου μέλλησιν Th.2.18
, cf. Ar.V. 558;πλέον' ἔλπομαι λόγον Ὀδυσσέος ἢ πάθαν γενέσθαι δι' Ὅμηρον Pi.N.7.21
.2 of things, to express the Cause, Occasion, or Purpose, δι' ἐμὴν ἰότητα because of my will, Il.15.41;Διὸς μεγάλου δ. βουλάς Od.8.82
; δι' ἀφραδίας for, through want of thought, 19.523;δι' ἀτασθαλίας 23.67
; δι' ἔνδειαν by reason of poverty, X. An.7.8.6; δ. καῦμα, δ. χειμῶνα, ib.1.7.6;δι' ἄγνοιαν καὶ ἀμαθίαν Pl. Prt. 360b
, etc.: freq. also with neut. Adjs., δ. τί; wherefore?; δ. τοῦτο, δ. ταῦτα on this account; δι' ὅ, δι' ἅ on which account; δ. πολλά for many reasons, etc.3 = ἕνεκα, to express Purpose, δἰ ἀχθηδόνα for the sake of vexing, Th.4.40, cf. 5.53; δ. τὴν τούτου σαφήνειαν with a view to clearing this up, Pl.R. 524c, cf. Arist.EN 1172b21; αὐτή δι' αὑτήν for its own sake, Pl.R. 367b, etc.C WITHOUT CASE as Adv. throughout, δ. πρό (v. supr. A.I.I);δ. δ' ἀμπερές Il.11.377
.D IN COMPOS.:I through, right through, of Space, διαβαίνω, διέχω, διιππεύω.II in different directions, as in διαπέμπω, διαφορέω; of separation, asunder, διαιρέω, διαλύω; of difference or disagreement, at variance, διαφωνέω, διαφέρω; or simply mutual relation, one with another, διαγωνίζομαι, διάδω, διαθέω, διαπίνω, διαφιλοτιμέομαι.III pre-eminence, διαπρέπω, διαφέρω.IV completion, to the end, utterly, διεργάζομαι, διαμάχομαι, διαπράττω, διαφθείρω: of Time, διαβιόω.V to add strength, thoroughly, out and out, διαγαληνίζω, etc.; cf. ζά.VI of mixture, between, partly, esp. in Adj., as διάλευκος, διάχρυσος, διάχλωρος, etc.VII of leaving an interval or breach, διαλείπω, διαναπαύω. (Cogn. with δύο, δίς.) -
8 πρόσω
A f.l. for πρὸ ἕω in Th.4.103); poet. [full] πρόσσω; also [full] πόρσω, Pi., Trag.; later [dialect] Att. [full] πόρρω Pl., X., Com., Oratt. ( πρόσω should be restored in S.Fr.858.3 and πόρσω in E.Rh. 482): Th. never uses the word.—Regul. [comp] Comp. and [comp] Sup. προσωτέρω, πορρωτέρω, προσωτάτω, πορρωτάτω, v. προσωτέρω: poet. [comp] Comp.πόρσιον Pi.O.1.114
: [comp] Sup.πόρσιστα Id.N.9.29
. Adv.: ([etym.] πρό).A abs.:I of Place, generally with a notion of motion, forwards, onwards, π. ἄγειν, φέρειν, Il.18.388, Od.9.542, etc.; [δοῦρα] ὄρμενα πρόσσω Il.11.572
; ἵπποι πρόσσω μεμαυῖαι ib. 615;πρόσω ἵεσθε 12.274
, etc.;π. πᾶς πέτεται 16.265
; π. κατέκυψε ib. 611;π. ἀΐξας 17.734
; π. τετραμμένος αἰεί ib. 598;νέμεσθαι π. Hdt.3.133
; παραγγεῖλαι, πέμψαι π., A.Ag. 294, 853; βῆναι, ἕρπειν π., S.Tr. 195, 547; μὴ πόρσω φωνεῖν speak no further, Id.El. 213 (lyr.);μηκέτι πάπταινε πόρσιον Pi.O.1.114
: with Art.,πορεύεσθαι αἰεὶ τὸ πρόσω Hdt.7.30
, cf. 9.57; also ἰέναι τοῦ π. X.An.1.3.1;ἤϊε αἰεὶ ἐς τὸ π. Hdt.3.25
.II of Distance, far off,παπταίνειν τὰ πόρσω Pi.P.3.22
; ;ὡς ἀπ' ὀμμάτων, πρόσω S.OC15
; πρόσω λεύσσειν to see at a distance, Id.Fr.858.3;πόρρω ποι ἀπεσκοποῦμεν Pl.R. 432e
;ἐγγύς, οὐ πρόσω βεβηκώς E.Ph. 596
;ἡ δέ γ' Εὔβοια.. παρατέταται μακρὰ πόρρω πάνυ Ar.Nu. 212
;εἴτ' ἐγγύς, εἴτε πόρρω Pl. Prt. 356e
;πόρρω που ἐκτὸς ὄντι Id.R. 499c
, etc.; πόρρω ποιεῖν τι leave at a distance, Anaxil.22.18, cf. Herod.6.90 (dub.);πάνυ π. γενέσθαι X.Cyr.4.3.16
; τὰ σκέλη κινεῖν ταχὺ καὶ π., of a runner, Arist.Rh. 1361b24;οἱ πόρρω βάρβαροι Id.EN 1149a11
.2 too far, καὶ νῦν ἴσως πόρρω ἀποτενοῦμεν [τὸν λόγον] Pl.Grg. 458b;οὐ πόρρω ἐθελήσαιμ' ἂν πιεῖν Id.Smp. 176d
.III of Time, forward, πρόσσω καὶ ὀπίσσω, v. ὀπίσω 11;χρόνος.. ἰὼν πόρσω Pi.O.10(11).55
; of continuance, A. Eu. 747; hereafter, Pi.P.3.111; ἀναβάλλομαι ὡς πόρσιστα as late as possible, Id.N.9.29; ἤδη πόρρω τῆς ἡμέρας οὔσης far spent, Aeschin.3.122; μέχρι πόρρω till late, Arist.HA 581a26.B c. gen.:I of Place, further into,π. τοῦ ποταμοῦ προβαίνειν X.An.4.3.28
, cf. Hp.Mul.1.2: esp. metaph., προβήσεσθαι πόρρω μοχθηρίας will go far in wickedness, X.Ap.30; π. ἀρετῆς ἀνήκειν to have reached a high point of virtue, Hdt.7.237;οὕτω πόρρω σοφίας ἥκεις Pl.Euthd. 294e
;πόρρω σοφίας ἐλαύνειν Id.Euthphr.4b
, cf. Grg. 486a, Cra. 410e, Ly. 204b; π. τέχνης a past master, Ar. V. 192 (v. infr. 11);π. πάνυ ἐλάσαι τῆς πλεονεξίας X.Cyr.1.6.39
: also with Art.,προβήσομαι ἐς τὸ π. τοῦ λόγου Hdt.1.5
;ἐς τὸ π. οὐδὲν προεκόπτετο τῶν πρηγμάτων Id.3.56
; ἐς τὸ π. μεγάθεος τιμῶνται are honoured to a high point of greatness, i.e. very greatly, ib. 154.II of Distance, far from,οὐ π. τοῦ Ἑλλησπόντου Id.5.13
;οὐ π. Σπάρτης πόλις E.Andr. 733
;στάντες οὐ πόρρω τῶν βωμῶν Pl.Lg. 800d
, cf. X.An.3.2.22, etc.: metaph.,π. δικαίων A.Eu. 414
; πόρρω τέχνης,= οὐκ ἀπὸ τέχνης, i. e. φύσει, Ar.V. 192 (acc. to Sch., sed v. supr. B. 1);π. τοῦ χειρίσματος Hp.Art.11
;οὐκέτι πόρρω διθυράμβων φθέγγομαι Pl.Phdr. 238d
; πόρρω που τῶν ἐμαυτῷ πεπολιτευμένων far below them, D.18.299;πόρρω εἶναι τοῦ οἴεσθαι Pl.Phd. 96e
;πόρρω τῶν πραγμάτων Isoc.4.16
;πόρρω τοῦ διαφθείρειν Id.15.240
; ; π. σαρκός very far (i. e. different) from, Arist.HA 504b11, cf. Pl.R. 581e: also folld. byἀπό, ἐξαναχωρέειν π. ἀπὸ τῶν φορτίων Hdt.4.196
; ;ἀπὸ τοῦ τείχους X.Cyr.5.4.49
; also οὕτω πόρρω εἶ περὶ τοῦ δικαίου so far out in your notions of right, Pl.R. 343c.III of Time, ὡς πρόσω ἦν τῆς νυκτός far into the night, Hdt.2.121.δ; ὡς π. τῆς νυκτὸς προελήλατο Id.9.44
;διαλέγεσθαι πόρρω τῶν νυκτῶν Pl.Smp. 217d
;λίαν π. ἔδοξε τῶν νυκτῶν εἶναι Id.Prt. 310c
;ἐκάθευδον μέχρι π. τῆς ἡμέρας X.HG7.2.19
;βιότου πόρσω E.Alc. 910
(lyr.);π. ἤδη ἐστὶ τοῦ βίου, θανάτου δὲ ἐγγύς Pl.Ap. 38c
;ὀψὲ καὶ π. τῆς ἡλικίας Plu.Dem.2
.2 οὐ π. ἑπτὰ ἡμερέων not longer than.., Hp.Epid.4.38. -
9 πολύς
πολύς, [dialect] Att. πολλή, πολύ; gen. πολλοῦ, ῆς, ou=; dat. πολλῷ, ῇ, ῷ; acc. πολύν, πολλήν, πολύ:—[dialect] Ion. [full] πολλός Anacr.43.3,Aπολλή, πολλόν Xenoph.9
, Democr.219, Hp.VM1, Herod.3.19; also in Trag., S.Ant.86, Tr. 1196; acc. πολλόν, πολλήν, πολλόν: Hdt. uses the [dialect] Ion. forms, but codd. haveπολύν 2.121
.δ, 3.57, v.l. in 6.125,πολύ 2.106
,3.38,6.72,7.46, 160 ( πολύ also in Heraclit.114, Democr. 244):—both sets of forms are found in [dialect] Ep., also gen. sg.πολέος Il.4.244
, etc.: nom. pl.πολέες 2.417
, al., once [var] contr.πολεῖς 11.708
; gen. πολέων (trisyll.) 5.691, (disyll.) 16.655; dat.πολέσι 10.262
,al.;πολέσσι 13.452
, al.;πολέεσσι 9.73
, Od.5.54, Hes.Op. 119, etc.; acc. πολέας (trisyll.) Il.3.126, etc., (disyll.) 1.559,2.4, Hes.Op. 580 (freq. with v.l. πολεῖς Il.15.66, etc.); in later [dialect] Ep. πολέες is used as fem., Call.Del.28, alsoπολέας Id.Dian.42
, A.R.3.21; neut.πολέα Q.S.1.74
(v. infr.):—[dialect] Ep. also have [full] πουλύς (once in Hes., Th. 190, also Thgn. 509, sts. fem. in Hom.,πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρήν Il.10.27
,ἠέρα πουλύν 5.776
), neut.πουλύ Od.19.387
; these forms are found in codd. of Hp. and Aret. (who uses πολύ, πουλύ and πολλόν in neut.), but not in Hdt.:— Lyr. and Trag. (lyr.) sts. use [dialect] Ep. forms, dat. sg. ; nom. pl.πολέες B.10.17
; neut. ; (fem., B.5.100); dat. pl. . [ῠalways.]I of Number, many, Il.2.417, etc.; ἐκ πολλῶν, opp. ἐξὀλίγων, Hes.Th. 447; τριηκόντων ἐτέων πόλλ' ἀπολείπων wanting many of thirty years, Id.Op. 696;παρῆσάν τινες, καὶ πολλοί γε Pl.Phd. 58d
;οὐ πολλοί τινες A.Pers. 510
: with Nouns of multitude,πουλὺς ὅμιλος Od.8.109
;πλῆθος πολλόν Hdt.1.141
;ἔθνος πολλόν Id.4.22
; later πουλὺ.. ἐπ' ἔτος many a year, AP6.235 (Thall.);π. ἦν ὁ καταπλέων Plb.15.26.10
; of anything often repeated,περὶ σέο λόγος ἀπῖκται π. Hdt.1.30
;πολλὸν ἦν τοῦτο τὸ ἔπος Id.2.2
, cf. 3.137, etc.;πολὺ.. τὸ σὸν ὄνομα διήκει πάντας S.OC 305
; often,D.
21.29; τοῦτο ἐπιεικῶς πολὺ νῦν ἐστι is fairly frequent, Luc.Hist.Conscr.15.2 of Size, Degree, Intensity, much, mighty, ὄμβρος, νιφετός, Il.10.6;π. ὕπνος Od.15.394
;πῦρ.. π. 10.359
; π. ὑμέναιος a loud song, Il.18.493; π. ὀρυμαγδός, ῥοῖζος, etc., 2.810, Od.9.315, etc.; π. ἀνάγκη strong necessity, E.Ph. 1674; π. γέλως, βοή, much or great, S.Aj. 303, 1149; μωρία ib. 745; ὄλβος, αἰδώς, A.Pers. 251, Ag. 948;ἀσφάλεια Th.2.11
; ἀλογία, εὐήθεια, Pl.Phd. 67e, Phdr. 275c, etc.b rarely of a single person, great, mighty,μέγας καὶ πολλὸς ἐγένεο Hdt.7.14
, cf. E.Hipp.1; ὁ π. σοφιστής, στρατηγός, Chor.p.23 B., Id.in Rev.Phil.1.68;ὁ πάντα π. Id.p.27
B.; ὁ πολύς alone, of Hippocrates, Gal.19.530; of Trajan, Lyd.Mag.2.28;ῥώμην σώματος πολύς D.H.2.42
.c joined with a Verb, Κύπρις γὰρ οὐ φορητός, ἢν πολλὴ ῥυῇ if she flow with full stream, metaph. from a river, E.Hipp. 443;θρασυνομένῳ καὶ πολλῷ ῥέοντι D. 18.136
; from the wind, ὡς π. ἔπνει καὶ λαμπρός was blowing strong and fresh, Id.25.57, cf. Ar.Eq. 760, AP11.49 (Even.): generally, with might or force,ὅταν ὁ θεὸς.. ἔλθῃ πολύς E.Ba. 300
;ἢν π. παρῇ Id.Or. 1200
;π. καὶ τολμηρὸς ἅνθρωπος D.40.53
: with part. and εἰμί, πολλὸς ἦν λισσόμενος was all entreaties, Hdt.9.91; ;Ἐτεοκλέης ἂν εἷς π... ὑμνοῖθ' A.Th.6
;π. ἐνέκειτο λέγων Hdt.7.158
;π. τοῖς συμβεβηκόσιν ἔγκειται D.18.199
; alsoπ. ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λόγοισι Hdt.8.59
;πρὸς ταῖς παρασκευαῖς Plb.5.49.7
;ἐπὶ τῇ τιμωρίᾳ D.S.14.107
: without a Prep.,π. ἦν τοῖς ἐπαίνοις καὶ ἐπαχθής Aeschin.2.41
; π. μὲν γὰρ ὁ Φίλιππος ἔσται will be often mentioned, Id.1.166.3 of Value or Worth,πολέος δέ οἱ ἄξιος ἔσται Il.23.562
, cf. Od.8.405;πολλοῦ ἄξιος X.An.4.1.28
, etc.;πολλῶν ἄξιος Ar. Pax 918
; περὶ πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαί τι, Lat. magni facere, cf.περί A.
IV; ἐπὶ πολλῷ at a high price, D.8.53;ἐπὶ π. ἐρραθυμηκότες Id.1.15
; πολύ ἐστί τι it is worth much, of great conscquence, X.Oec.18.7.4 of Space, large, wide, π. χώρη, πεδίον, Il.23.520,4.244, etc.; πόντος, πέλαγος, Hes.Op. 635, S.Ph. 635;χῶρος πλατὺς καὶ π. Hdt.4.39
; λίμνη μεγάλη τε καὶ π. ib. 109;π. ἡ Σικελία Th. 7.13
;π. ἡ Ἑλλάς Pl.Phd. 78a
, etc.; πολλὸς ἔκειτο he lay outstretched wide, Il.7.156, cf. 11.307; π. κέλευθος a far way, A.Pers. 748 (troch.): withoutὁδός, πολλὴ μὲν εἰς Ἡράκλειαν.., πολλὴ δὲ εἰς Χρυσόπολιν.. X.An.6.3.16
: διὰ πολλοῦ, ἐκ πολλοῦ, v. infr. IV.5 of Time, long, (anap.), etc.;πολὺν χρόνον Il.2.343
, etc.;οὐ π. χρ. S.Ph. 348
, etc.; soπολλοῦ χρόνου Ar.Pl.98
;χρόνῳ πολλῷ S.Tr. 228
; διὰ πολλοῦ (sc. χρόνου) Luc.Nec.15;ἐκ πολλοῦ Th.1.58
, D. 21.41; πρὸ πολλοῦ long before, D.S.14.43;οὐ μετὰ πολύ Luc.Tox.54
; ἔτι πολλῆς νυκτός while still quite night, Th.8.101; πολλῆς ὥρας late in the day, Plb.5.8.3;ἤδη ὥρα πολλή Ev.Marc.6.35
;ἔτι ἔστιν ἡμέρα πολλή LXX Ge.29.7
.II Special usages:1 c. partit.gen., e.g. πολλοὶ Τρώων, for πολλοὶ Τρῶες, Il.18.271, etc.; neut., πολλὸν σαρκός, for πολλὴ σάρξ, Od.19.450: in Prose, the Adj. generally takes the gender of the gen.,τὸν πολλὸν τοῦ χρόνου Hdt.1.24
; τῆς γῆς οὐ πολλήν Th.6.7;τῆς ἀθάρης πολλήν Ar.Pl. 694
;πολλὴν τῆς χώρας X.Cyr. 3.2.2
;ὁ π. τοῦ λόγου D.44.6
; v. infr. 3.2 joined with another Adj.,πολλὰ δυστερπῆ κακά A.Ch. 277
, cf. 585 (lyr.), etc.: more freq. joined to another Adj. by καί, πολέες τε καὶ ἐσθλοί many men and good, Il.6.452, etc.;πολέες τε καὶ ἄλκιμοι 21.586
;πολλὰ καὶ ἐσθλά Od.2.312
; παλαιά τε πολλά τε ib. 188;ἄκοσμά τε π. τε Il.2.213
;πολλαί γε.. καὶ ἄλλαι Hes.Th. 363
;π. τε καὶ κακά Hdt.4.167
, etc.;π. κἀγαθά Ar.Th. 351
(butπ. ἀγαθά IG12.76.45
);π. καὶ ἀνόσια Pl.R. 416e
;π. καὶ μακάρια Id.Plt. 269d
;π. καὶ πονηρά X.Mem.2.9.6
;πολλά τε καὶ δεινά Id.An.5.5.8
;μεγάλα καὶ π. D.36.22
; π. καὶ καλοὺς (s.v.l.) κινδύνους, π. καὶ καλὰ παραδείγματα, Din.1.109.3 with the Art. (in Hom. without the Art., Il.2.483, 5.334, 22.28), of persons or things well known, Ἑλένα μία τὰς πολλάς, τὰς πάνυ π. ψυχὰς ὀλέσασ' those many lives, A.Ag. 1456 (lyr.), cf. S.OT 845, Th.3.87, Pl.Phd. 88a, Ti. 54a, Act.Ap.26.24: with abstract Nouns,τᾶς πολλᾶς ὑγιείας A. Ag. 1001
(lyr., dub.); numbers,Hdt.
1.136.b οἱ π. the many, i.e. the greater number,Ἀθηναῖοι.. ἀπῆλθον οἱ πολλοί Th. 1.126
, cf. 3.32, etc. (so in sg., ὁ πολλὸς λόγος the prevailing report, Hdt.1.75);τοῖς π. κριταῖς S.Aj. 1243
: with gen., τοῖς π. βροτῶν ib. 682;οἱ π. τῶν ἀνθρώπων X.Cyr.8.2.24
; far the most,Hp.
Aër.20 (v.l. μάλιστα for ἅπαντες); for τὰ πολλὰ πάντα, v. infr. 111.1a: hence οἱ πολλοί the people, the commonalty, opp. οἱ μείζω κεκτημένοι, Th.1.6; opp. οἱ κομψότεροι, Pl.R. 505b; οἱ π., = Lat. plebs, D.S.20.36; τῶν πολλῶν εἷς one of the multitude, D.21.96; alsoὁ π. λεώς Luc.JTr.53
, cf. Rh.Pr.17;ὁ π. ὅμιλος Id.Luct.2
. Hdn.1.1.1, etc.;ὁ π. δῆμος Luc.Apol.15
;ὁ π. ὄχλος Ph. 2.4
; ὁ π. alone, = vulgus, v.l. in D.S.2.29; the ordinary man, Epicur.Fr. 478, Phld.Rh.2.154S.;νίμμα ὁ π. λέγει, ἡμεῖς ἀπόνιπτρον λέγομεν Phryn.170
, cf.369; ὁ ἐμπαθὴς καὶ π. ἄνθρωπος 'l'homme moyen sensuel', Herm.in Phdr.p.146A.; ὁ π. ἄνθρωπος (with pl. Verb) the average man, opp. τὸ ἐξαίρετον, Eun.Hist.p.216 D.c τὸ πολύ, c. gen.,τῆς στρατιῆς τὸ πολλόν Hdt.8.100
;τὸ π. τοῦ χρόνου Hp.
Aër. 20;τῶν λογάδων τὸ π. Th.5.73
;τῶν ὅπλων τὸ π. Pl.Plt. 288b
; alsoὁ στρατὸς ὁ πολλός Hdt.1.102
;ἡ δύναμις ἡ π. Th.1.24
; ὁ π. βίοτος the best part of life, S.El. 185 (lyr.).d the most,Od.
22.273, and perh. 2.58, 17.537 (elsewh. in Hom. πολλά, as Subst., means much riches, great possessions, Il.11.684, Od.19.195);τὰ π. τοῦ πολέμου Th.2.13
; πρὸς τὸ τῶν π. μέγεθος in regard to the size of the average, Arist.Rh. 1363b11.4 pl. πολλά very much, too much, πολλὰ πράσσειν, = πολυπραγμονεῖν, E.Supp. 576, Ar.Ra. 228;π. ἔπαθεν Pi.O.13.63
, etc.; π. ἔρξαι τινά to do one much harm, A. Th. 923 (lyr.).5 πολλάς with Verbs of beating ( πληγάς being omitted), v. πληγή 1.6 πολύς repeated, , cf. A.Supp. 451; , etc.; πολλοῦ πολύς, v. infr. 111.1b: with Advbs. πολλάκις, πολλαχῇ, etc. (qq. v., cf. 111.1 e).III Adverbial usages:a neut. πολύ ([dialect] Ion. πολλόν) , πολλά, much,πόλλ' ἀεκαζομένη Il.6.458
, etc.; strengthd.,μάλα πολλά 8.22
, al.;πάνυ πολύ Pl.Alc.1.119c
; ; esp. of repetition, often, Il.2.798, Od.13.29, Hes.Op. 322; so of earnest commands and entreaties, πολλὰ κελεύων, πόλλ' ἐπέτελλον, πολλὰ λισσομένη, πολλὰ μάλ' εὐχομένω, Il.5.528, 11.782, 5.358, 9.183: with the Art., for the most part,Pl.
Prt. 315a, etc. (but with numerals, at most, Vett. Val.9.5);ὡς τὸ π. X.Mem.1.1.10
, etc.;τὰ πολλά Th.1.13
, 2.11,87, etc.;ὡς τὰ π. Id.5.65
, etc.;τὰ π. πάντα Hdt.1.203
, 2.35, 5.67.b of Degree, far, very much,ἀπέφυγε πολλὸν τοὺς διώκοντας Id.6.82
: also abs. gen. πολλοῦ very,θρασὺς εἶ πολλοῦ Ar.Nu. 915
, cf. Eup.74;πολλοῦ δύνασθαι Alciphr.1.9
(s.v.l.); πολλοῦ πολύς, πολλὴ πολλοῦ, much too much, Ar.Eq. 822,Ra. 1046.c of Space, a great way, far,οὐ πολλόν Hdt.1.104
;πολὺ οὐκ ἐξῄεσαν Th.1.15
, etc.d of Time, long,ὡς πολλὸν τοῦτο ἐγίνετο Hdt.4.126
, cf. 6.129.e of Probability, ἐὰν πολλὰ πολλῶν τέκῃς, perh. = ἐὰν πολλάκις τέκῃς,POxy. 744.9 (i B.C./i A.D.);ἐάν τι πολλὰ πολλάκις πάθω Ar.Ec. 1105
.2 πολύ is freq. joined with Adjs. and Advbs.,a with a [comp] Comp. to increase its comp. force, πολὺ μεῖζον, πολλὸν παυρότεροι, Il.1.167, Od.14.17; πολὺ μᾶλλον much more, Il.9.700; πολύ τι μᾶλλον f.l. in D.H. Comp.4 (p.22 U.-R.): with words, esp. Preps., between πολύ and its Adj., π. ἐν πλέονι, π. ἐπὶ δεινοτέρῳ, Th.1.35, Pl.R. 589e;πολὺ ἔτι ἐκ λαμπροτέρων Id.Phd. 110c
;π. σὺν φρονήματι μείζονι X.An.3.1.22
, cf.3.2.30, Smp.1.4 (but the Prep. freq. comes first,ἐκ π. ἐλάττονος And.1.109
, etc.); so πολλῷ is freq. used with the [comp] Comp., by far, A.Pr. 337, Hdt. 1.134, etc.;π. μᾶλλον S.OT 1159
, Pl.Phd. 80e; οὐ πολλῷ τεῳ ἀσθενέστερον not a great deal weaker, Hdt.1.181, cf. 2.48,67, etc.: πολύ with all words implying comparison, πολὺ πρίν much sooner, Il.9.250;π. πρό 4.373
: with the comp. Verbφθάνω, ἦ κε πολὺ φθαίη 13.815
; so πολὺ προβέβηκας ἁπάντων, πολὺ προμάχεσθαι ἁπάντων, 6.125, 11.217;προὔλαβε πολλῷ Th.7.80
: with βούλομαι, = prefer,ἡμῖν πολὺ βούλεται ἢ Δαναοῖσι νίκην Il.17.331
, cf. Od.17.404; πολύ γε in answers, after a [comp] Comp. or [comp] Sup., ἀργὸς.. γενήσεται μᾶλλον; Answ. , cf. 387e, etc.b with a [comp] Sup., πολὺ πρώτιστος, πολλὸν ἄριστος, far the first, etc., Il.2.702, 1.91, etc.;προθυμία π. τολμηροτάτη Th.1.74
, etc.;πολλόν τι μάλιστα Hdt.1.56
;π. δή, π. δὴ γυναῖκ' ἀρίσταν E.Alc. 442
(lyr.), cf. Ar.Av. 539, Archestr.Fr.34.9; alsoπολλῷ πλεῖστοι Hdt.5.92
.έ, 8.42;π. μεγίστους Id.4.82
.c with a Positive, to add force to the Adj.,ὦ πολλὰ μὲν τάλαινα, πολλὰ δ' αὖ σοφή A.Ag. 1295
; alsoἐς πόλλ' ἀθλία πέφυκ' ἐγώ E.Ph. 619
(troch.);πολὺ ἀφόρητος Luc.DMeretr. 9.3
; cf. πλεῖστος.IV with Preps.,1 διὰ πολλοῦ at a great interval of Space or Time, v. διά A.1.5, 11.2.4 ἐπὶ πολύ,a over a great space, far,οὐκ ἐπὶ πολλόν Hdt.2.32
; ἐπὶ π. τῆς θαλάσσης, τῆς χώρας, Th.1.50,4.3, etc.; to a great extent, Id.1.6,18,3.83; cf.ποιέω B.11.2
.b for a long time, long, Id.5.16;τῆς ἡμέρας ἐπὶ π. Id.7.38
, cf. 39.cὡς ἐπὶ π.
very generally,Id.
1.12 (v.l.), Archyt. ap. Stob.3.1.195;ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ π.
for the most part,Th.
2.13, Pl.Plt. 294e, etc.;μὴ καθ' ἓν ἕκαστον, ἀλλ' ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ π. Isoc.4.154
;τό γ' ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ π. Id.8.35
.6 περὶ πολλοῦ, v. supr. 1.3.7 πρὸ πολλοῦ far before,τῆς πόλεως D.H.9.35
; also of Time, οὐ πρὸ π. not long before, Id.5.62.8 σὺν πολλῷ in no small degree, only too much or too well, Hld.2.8,9.20, 10.9 (cf. CR41.53). -
10 πρωΐ
πρωΐ [pron. full] [ῐ], [dialect] Att. [full] πρῴ (Hdn.Gr.1.494, Sch.Ar.Av. 132, etc.), though codd. commonly give πρῶϊ, πρωΐ, or πρῷ: Adv.: ([etym.] πρό):—A early in the day, at morn, opp. ὀψέ (acc. to Thphr.Sign.9, the forenoon, between ἀνατολή and μεσημβρία) , πρωῒ (v.l. πρῶϊ)ὑπηοῖοι Il.8.530
,al.: c.gen.,πρωῒ ἔτι τῆς ἡμέρης Hdt.9.101
;ἑκάστης ἡμέρας τὸ πρῴ X.HG1.1.30
, cf. PSI3.402.10 (iii B.C.): also ; πρῲ τῇ ὑστεραίᾳ early next morning, X.Cyr.1.4.16; ;ἅμα πρωΐ Ev.Matt.20.1
;ἀπὸ πρωῒ ἕως ἑσπέρας Act.Ap.28.23
.2 generally, betimes, early, Hes.Op. 461, Fr. 204, Ar.Av. 132, etc.: c. gen., πρωῒ τοῦ ἦρος, τοῦ θέρεος, Hp.Epid.1.1,2.3 = πρὸ καιροῦ (Phryn.PS p.106 B.), too soon, too early, πρῴ γε στενάζεις (v.l. πρό) A.Pr. 696; ;πρῲ ἐσβαλόντες, καὶ τοῦ σίτου ἔτι χλωροῦ ὄντος Th.4.6
, cf. Pl.Prm. 135c.—[comp] Comp. and [comp] Sup. πρωΐτερον (or πρῴτερον) , πρωΐτατα (or πρῴτατα ) are found in Th.7.19,39, 8.101, Arr.Ind.26.4, Aristid.Or.47 (23).35, 51(27).51, v.l. in Hp.Epid. 2.1.6, 2.3.2, 6.8.13, al.; but usu. πρωϊαίτερον (or πρῳαίτερον) , πρωϊαίτατα (or πρῳαίτατα), Hp.Il.cc. (v.l.), Pl.Phd. 59d, 59e, Tht. 150e, Prt. 326c, X.Cyr.8.8.9, etc. -
11 ὁδός
I of Place, way, road, Il.12.168, 16.374, IG12.878, al. ;ἱππηλασίη ὁ. Il.7.340
;λαοφόρος 15.682
;ὁ. ἁμαξιτός Pi.N.6.54
; ὁ. ἱερά, to Eleusis, Paus.1.36.3, cf. IG12.881 ;βασιλικὴ ὁ. PPetr.3p.65
(iii B.C.), PSI8.917.8 (i A. D.) ; ποταμοῦ ὁ. course, channel of a river, X.Cyr.7.5.16 ;ὁ. ἀκοντίου Antipho 3.4.5
: with expression of the direction,ὁδὸς ἐς.. Od. 22.128
;ἡ ὁ. ἡ εἰς ἄστυ Pl.Smp. 173b
;ἐπί.. Id.Phdr. 272c
; τὴν εὐθὺς Ἄργους.. ὁ. leading straight to Argos, E.Hipp. 1197 ; τῆς ἀληθείας ὁ. the way to truth, Id.Fr. 289 ; cf.νόστος 1.1
.2 with Preps., further on the way, forwards,Il.
4.382 (cf. φροῦδος) ; later, = προὔργου, profitable, useful, πρὸ ὁ. εἶναι πρός τι to be helpful towards.., Arist.Cael. 292b9, cf. Metaph. 1044a24 ;πρὸ ὁδοῦ γέγονεν Id.Pol. 1338a35
, cf. D.Prooem.34 ; by the way,Hdt.
1.41, 111 ; κατὰ τὴν ὁ. along the road, Pl.Smp. 174d, cf. infr. 111.3 ; ἐκ τῆς ὁ. on his road, Hdt.1.157 (but ἄνθρωπος ἐξ ὁ. 'the man in the street', Eup.25 D.) ; ἐν ὁδῷ on a road, Hdt.1.114 ;ἐν τῇ ὁ. μέσῃ Id.3.76
(but ἐν ὁ. καθελών Lexap.D.23.53, expld. by ἐν λόχῳ καὶ ἐνέδρᾳ by Harp. s.v. ὁδός) ; ὁδοῦ πάρεργον by the way, cursorily, Cic.Att.5.21.13,7.1.5, Gal.11.607.3 ὁδός is freq. omitted,ἐπορευόμην τὴν ἔξω τείχους Pl.Ly. 203a
; ἡ ἐπὶ θανάτου, v. θάνατος ; cf. τηνάλλως.II as an Action, travelling, journeying, whether by land or water, journey, voyage, Od.2.285,8.150, etc.;τρίποδας ὁ. στείχει A.Ag.80
(anap.);τὰν νεάταν ὁ. στείχουσαν S.Ant. 807
(lyr.) ;ὁ. ἄνω κάτω μία καὶ ὡυτή Heraclit. 60
; also, expedition, foray,ὁδὸν ἐλθέμεναι Il.1.151
, cf. A.Th. 714 ; τριήκοντα ἡμερέων.. ὁ. a thirty days' journey, Hdt.1.104, cf. 206 ; alsoὅσον ἐπὶ τρεῖς ἡμέρας ὁδόν Id.3.5
(codd., ὁδοῦ edd.) ;ἄστρων ὁδοί E. El. 728
(lyr.): as acc. cogn. with Verb of motion, τὴν ὁ. ἣν Ἑλένην περ ἀνήγαγεν by or in which.., Il.6.292 ; οὐρανοῦ τέμνων ὁ... Ἥλιε, metaph. from a ship, E.Ph.1 (but in Prose ὁ. τέμνειν is to make a road, Th.2.100, Pl.Lg. 810e) ; similarly where ὁ. is road,μέσην ἔρχευ τὴν ὁ. Thgn.220
;ὁ. χωρεῖν Th.3.24
; ἰόντες τὴν ἱρὴν ὁ., from Delphi, Hdt.6.34.III metaph., way or manner,πολλαὶ δ' ὁ... εὐπραγίας Pi.O.8.13
;γλώσσης ἀγαθῆς ὁδός A.Eu. 989
(anap.) ; θεσπεσία ὁ. the way or course of divination, Id.Ag. 1154(lyr.);μαντικῆς ὁ. S.OT 311
;οἰωνῶν ὁδοῖς Id.OC 1314
;σῶν ὁ. βουλευμάτων E.Hec. 744
; ; λογίων ὁ. their way, intent, Ar.Eq. 1015 ;εὐτελείας ὁ. Jul.Or.6.198d
.2 a way of doing, speaking, etc.,τῆσδ' ἀφ' ὁδοῦ διζήσιος Parm.1.33
, cf. 8.18 ; τριφασίας ἄλλας ὁ. λόγων ways of telling the story, Hdt.1.95, cf. 2.20,22 ; but τριφασίας ὁ. τρέπεται turns into three forms, Id.6.119 ;ἄδικον ὁ. ἰέναι Th.3.64
; ὁ. ἥντιν' ἰών by what course of action, Ar.Pl. 506, cf. Nu.75 ; ;μία δὴ λείπεται.. ὁ. Pl.Smp. 184b
. -
12 ποιέω
ποιέω, [dialect] Dor. [full] ποιϝέω IG4.800 ([place name] Troezen), etc.: [dialect] Ep. [tense] impf.Aποίεον Il. 20.147
; [var] contr.ποίει 18.482
; [dialect] Ion.ποιέεσκον Hdt.1.36
, 4.78: [tense] fut. ποιήσω: [tense] aor. ἐποίησα, [dialect] Ep.ποίησα Il.18.490
: [tense] pf. πεποίηκα:—[voice] Med., [dialect] Ion. [tense] impf.ποιεέσκετο Hdt.7.119
: [tense] fut.ποιήσομαι Il.9.397
: in pass. sense, Hp.Decent.11, Arist.Metaph. 1021a23: [tense] aor. ἐποιησάμην, [dialect] Ep.ποι- Od.5.251
, al.: [tense] pf. πεποίημαι in med. sense, And.4.22, Decr. ap. D. 18.29:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. ποιηθήσομαι ([etym.] μετα-) D.23.62, v. supr.;πεποιήσομαι Hp.Mul.1.11
,37: [tense] aor.ἐποιήθην Hdt.2.159
, etc. (used as [voice] Med. only in compd. προς-): [tense] pf.πεποίημαι Il.6.56
, etc.:—[dialect] Att. [full] ποῶ (EM 679.24), etc., is guaranteed by metre in Trag. and Com., as , , , etc., and found in cod. Laur. of S., cod. Rav. of Ar., also IG12.39.6 ([etym.] ποήσω), 82.9 ([etym.] ποεῖ), 154.7 ([etym.] ἐποησάτην), etc.; but ποι- is always written before -οι, -ου, -ω in Inscrr.: πο- also in [dialect] Aeol. ,75, Sapph. Supp.1.9, al., and Arc. ποέντω, = ποιούντων, IG5(2).6.9 (Tegea, iv B.C.); cf. ποιητής.A make, produce, first of something material, as manufactures, works of art, etc. (opp. πράττειν, Pl.Chrm. 163b), in Hom. freq. of building, π. δῶμα, τύμβον, Il.1.608,7.435;εἴδωλον Od.4.796
; π. πύλας ἐν [πύργοις] Il.7.339; of smith's work, π. σάκος ib. 222;ἐν [σάκεϊ] ποίει δαίδαλα πολλά 18.482
, cf. 490, 573: freq. in Inscrr. on works of art, Πολυμήδης ἐποίϝηh' (= ἐποίησε ) (vi B.C., cf. Class.Phil.20.139); (vi/v B.C.), etc.; ἐποίησε Τερψικλῆς ib.3b(Milet., vi B.C.), etc.;τίς.. τὴν λίθον ταύτην τέκτων ἐποίει; Herod.4.22
; εἵματα ἀπὸ ξύλων πεποιημένα made from trees, i.e. of cotton, Hdt.7.65;ναὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ ἱεροῦ ἀργυρίου X.An. 5.3.9
;πλοῖα ἐκ τῆς ἀκάνθης ποιεύμενα Hdt.2.96
;καρβάτιναι πεποιημέναι ἐκ βοῶν X.An.4.5.14
: c. gen. materiae,πωρίνου λίθου π. τὸν νηόν Hdt.5.62
;ἔρυμα λίθων λογάδην πεποιημένον Th.4.31
;φοίνικος αἱ θύραι πεποιημέναι X.Cyr.7.5.22
: rarely to be made with.., 1.4; also τῶν τὰ κέρεα.. οἱ πήχεες ποιεῦνται the horns of which are made into the sides of the lyre, Hdt.4.192; also δέρμα εἰς περικεφαλαίας πεποίηται Sch.Patm.D.in BCH1.144:—[voice] Med., make for oneself, as of bees, οἰκία ποιήσωνται build them houses, Il.12.168, cf. 5.735, Od.5.251, 259, Hes.Op. 503; [ῥεῖθρον] π., of a river, Thphr. HP3.1.5; also, have a thing made, get it made,ὀβελούς Hdt.2.135
;στεφάνους οὓς ἐποιησάμην τῷ χορῷ D.21.16
, cf. X.An.5.3.5; τὸν Ἀπόλλω, i.e. a statue of A., Pl.Ep. 361a;αὑτοῦ εἰκόνας Plu. Them.5
, cf. Inscr.Prien.25.9 (iii B.C.?).2 create, bring into existence,γένος ἀνθρώπων χρύσεον Hes.Op. 110
, cf. Th. 161, 579, etc.; the creator,Pl.
Ti. 76c;ἕτερον Φίλιππον ποιήσετε D.4.11
:—[voice] Med., beget,υἱόν And.1.124
;ἔκ τινος Id.4.22
; παῖδας ποιεῖσθαι, = παιδοποιεῖσθαι, X.Cyr.5.3.19, D.57.43; conceive,παιδίον π. ἔκ τινος Pl.Smp. 203b
:—[voice] Act. in this sense only in later Gr., Plu.2.312a; of the woman, παιδίον ποιῆσαι ib.145d.3 generally, produce, ὕδωρ π., of Zeus, Ar.V. 261: impers., ἐὰν πλείω ποιῇ ὕδατα, = ἐὰν ὕη, Thphr.CP1.19.3; π. γάλα, of certain kinds of food, Arist.HA 522b32; ἄρρεν π., of an egg, Ael.VH1.15; μέλι ἄριστον π., of Hymettus, Str.9.1.23; π. καρπόν, of trees, Ev.Matt.3.10 (metaph. in religious sense, ib.8); of men, κριθὰς π. grow barley, Ar. Pax 1322;π. σίτου μεδίμνους D.42.20
; π. πενίαν, πλοῦτον, of the stars, Plot.2.3.1.b Math., make, produce, τομήν, σχῆμα, ὀρθὰς γωνίας, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.16,38, Con.Sph.12; :—[voice] Pass., πεποιήσθω ὡς.. let it be contrived that.., Archim. Sph.Cyl.2.6.d π. τὸ πρόβλημα effect a solution of the problem, Apollon.Perg.Con.2.49,51; π. τὸ ἐπίταγμα fulfil, satisfy the required condition, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.2,3.4 after Hom., of Poets, compose, write, π. διθύραμβον, ἔπεα, Hdt.1.23, 4.14;π. θεογονίην Ἕλλησι Id.2.53
; π. Φαίδραν, Σατύρους, Ar.Th. 153, 157; π. κωμῳδίαν, τραγῳδίαν, etc., Pl.Smp. 223d;παλινῳδίαν Isoc.10.64
, Pl.Phdr. 243b, etc.; : abs., write poetry, write as a poet,ὀρθῶς π. Hdt.3.38
;ἐν τοῖσι ἔπεσι π. Id.4.16
, cf. Pl. Ion 534b: folld. by a quotation,ἐπόησάς ποτε.. Ar.Th. 193
; ; , etc.b represent in poetry, , cf. 364c, Smp. 174b; ποιήσας τὸν Ἀχιλλέα λέγοντα having represented Achilles saying, Plu.2.105b, cf. 25d, Pl. Grg. 525d, 525e, Arist.Po. 1453b29.c describe in verse,θεὸν ἐν ἔπεσιν Pl.R. 379a
; ἐποίησα μύθους τοὺς Αἰσώπου put them into verse, Id.Phd. 61b;μῦθον Lycurg.100
.d invent,καινοὺς θεούς Pl.Euthphr.3b
; ὑπὸ ποιητέω τινὸς ποιηθὲν [τοὔνομα] Hdt.3.115;πεποιημένα ὀνόματα Arist.Rh. 1404b29
, cf.Po. 1457b2; opp. αὐτοφυῆ, κύρια, D.H.Is.7, Pomp. 2.II bring about, cause,τελευτήν Od.1.250
;γαλήνην 5.452
;φόβον Il.12.432
;σιωπὴν παρὰ πάντων X.HG6.3.10
;τέρψιν τοῖς θεωμένοις Id.Mem.3.10.8
;αἰσχύνην τῇ πόλει Isoc.7.54
, etc.; also of things,ἄνεμοι αὐτοὶ μὲν οὐχ ὁρῶνται· ἃ δὲ ποιοῦσι φανερά X.Mem.4.3.14
;ταὐτὸν ἐποίει αὐτοῖς νικᾶν τε μαχομένοις καὶ μηδὲ μάχεσθαι Th.7.6
, cf. 2.89.b c. acc. et inf., cause or bring about that..,σε θεοὶ ποίησαν ἱκέσθαι [ἐς] οἶκον Od.23.258
;π. τινὰ κλύειν S.Ph. 926
;π. τινὰ βλέψαι Ar.Pl. 459
, cf. 746;π. τινὰ τριηραρχεῖν Id.Eq. 912
, cf. Av.59; π. τινὰ αἰσχύνεσθαι, κλάειν, ἀπορεῖν, etc., X.Cyr.4.5.48, 2.2.13, Pl.Tht. 149a, etc.: with ὥστε inserted, X.Cyr.3.2.29, Ar.Eq. 351, etc.: folld. by a relat. clause,π. ὅκως ἔσται ἡ Κύπρος ἐλευθέρη Hdt.5.109
, cf. 1.209;ὡς ἂν.. εἰδείην ἐποίουν X.Cyr.6.3.18
:—also [voice] Med., ἐποιήσατο ὡς ἐν ἀσφαλεῖ εἶεν ib.6.1.23.2 procure,π. ἄδειάν τε καὶ κάθοδόν τινι Th.8.76
;ὁ νόμος π. τὴν κληρονομίαν τισί Is.11.1
; λόγος ἀργύριον τῷ λέγοντι π. gets him money, D.10.76:—[voice] Med., procure for oneself, gain,κλέος αὐτῇ ποιεῖτ' Od.2.126
;ἄδειαν Th.6.60
;τιμωρίαν ἀπό τινων Id.1.25
;τὸν βίον ἀπὸ γεωργίας X.Oec.6.11
, cf. Th.1.5.3 of sacrifices, festivals, etc., celebrate,π. ἱρά Hdt.9.19
, cf. 2.49 ([voice] Act. and [voice] Pass.);π. τὴν θυσίαν τῷ Ποσειδῶνι X.HG4.5.1
; π. Ἴσθμια ib.4.5.2;τῇ θεῷ ἑορτὴν δημοτελῆ π. Th.2.15
;παννυχίδα π. Pl.R. 328a
; π. σάββατα observe the Sabbath, LXXEx.31.16; π. ταφάς, of a public funeral, Pl. Mx. 234b;π. ἐπαρήν SIG38.30
(Teos, v B.C.); also of political assemblies,π. ἐκκλησίαν Ar.Eq. 746
, Th.1.139;π. μυστήρια Id.6.28
([voice] Pass.);ξύλλογον σφῶν αὐτῶν Id.1.67
:—[voice] Med.,ἀγορὴν ποιήσατο Il.8.2
;ἢν θυσίην τις ποιῆται Hdt.6.57
(v.l.);δημοσίᾳ ταφὰς ἐποιήσαντο Th.2.34
;π. ἀγῶνα Id.4.91
;π. ἐκκλησίαν τοῖς Γρᾳξὶ περὶ μισθοῦ Ar.Ach. 169
.4 of war and peace, πόλεμον π. cause or give rise to a war,πόλεμον ἡμῖν ἀντ' εἰρήνης πρὸς Αακεδαιμονίους π. Is.11.48
; but π. ποιησόμενοι about to make war (on one's own part), X.An.5.5.24; εἰρήνην π. bring about a peace (for others), Ar. Pax 1199;σπονδὰς π. X.An.4.3.14
;ξυμμαχίαν ποιῆσαι Th.2.29
; but εἰρήνην ποιεῖσθαι make peace (for oneself), And.3.11;σπονδὰς ποιήσασθαι Th.1.28
, etc.:—[voice] Pass.,ἐπεποίητο συμμαχίη Hdt.1.77
, etc.5 freq. in [voice] Med. with Nouns periphr. for the Verb derived from the Noun, μύθου ποιήσασθαι ἐπισχεσίην submit a plea, Od.21.71; ποιέεσθαι ὁδοιπορίην, for ὁδοιπορέειν, Hdt.2.29;π. ὁδόν Id.7.42
, 110, 112, etc.; π. πλόον, for πλέειν, Id.6.95, cf. Antipho 5.21; π. κομιδήν, for κομίζεσθαι, Hdt.6.95; θῶμα π. τὴν ἐργασίην, for θωμάζειν, Id.1.68; ὀργὴν π., for ὀργίζεσθαι, Id.3.25; λήθην π. τι, for λανθάνεσθαί τινος, Id.1.127; βουλὴν π., for βουλεύεσθαι, Id.6.101; συμβολὴν π., for συμβάλλεσθαι, Id.9.45; τὰς μάχας π., for μάχεσθαι, S.El. 302, etc.; καταφυγὴν π., for καταφεύγειν, Antipho 1.4; ἀγῶνα π., for ἀγωνίζεσθαι, Th.2.89; π. λόγον [τινός] make account of.., Hdt.7.156; but τοὺς λόγους π. hold a conference, Th.1.128; also simply for λέγειν, Lys.25.2, cf. Pl.R. 527a, etc.; also π. δι' ἀγγέλου, π. διὰ χρηστηρίων, communicate by a messenger, an oracle, Hdt.6.4, 8.134.III with Adj. as predic., make, render so and so, ποιῆσαί τινα ἄφρονα make one senseless, Od.23.12; [δῶρα] ὄλβια ποιεῖν make them blest, i.e. prosper them, 13.42, cf. Il.12.30;τοὺς Μήδους ἀσθενεῖς π. X.Cyr.1.5.2
, etc.;χρήσιμον ἐξ ἀχρήστου π. Pl.R. 411b
: with a Subst., ποιῆσαι ἀθύρματα make into playthings, Il. 15.363;ποιεῖν τινα βασιλῆα Od.1.387
;ταμίην ἀνέμων 10.21
;γέροντα 16.456
;ἄκοιτίν τινι Il.24.537
;γαμβρὸν ἑόν Hes.Th. 818
; [μύρμηκας] ἄνδρας π. [καὶ] γυναῖκας Id.Fr.76.5
;πολιήτας π. τινάς Hdt.7.156
;Ἀθηναῖον π. τινά Th.2.29
, etc.;π. τινὰ παράδειγμα Isoc.4.39
: hence, appoint, instal,τὸν Μωϋσῆν καὶ τὸν Ἀαρών LXX 1 Ki.12.6
;δώδεκα Ev.Marc.3.14
:—[voice] Med., ποιεῖσθαί τινα ἑταῖρον make him one's friend, Hes. Op. 707, cf. 714; π. τινὰ ἄλοχον or ἄκοιτιν take her to oneself as wife, Il.3.409, 9.397, cf. Od.5.120, etc.; π. τινὰ παῖδα make him one's son, i.e. adopt him as son, Il.9.495, etc.; θετὸν παῖδα π. adopt a son, Hdt. 6.57: without υἱόν, adopt,ἐπειδὴ οὐκ ἦσαν αὐτῷ παῖδες ἄρρενες, π. Λεωκράτη D.41.3
, cf. 39.6,33, 44.25, Pl.Lg. 923c, etc.;π. τινὰ θυγατέρα Hdt.4.180
: generally,ἅπαντας ἢ σῦς ἠὲ λύκους π. Od.10.433
;π. τινὰ πολίτην Isoc.9.54
; ;τὰ κρέα π. εὔτυκα Hdt. 1.119
; τὰ ἔπεα ἀπόρρητα π. making them a secret, Id.9.45, etc.; also ἑωυτοῦ ποιέεται τὸ.. ἔργον makes it his own, Id.1.129; .IV put in a certain place or condition, etc.,ἐμοὶ Ζεὺς.. ἐνὶ φρεσὶν ὧδε νόημα ποίησ' Od.14.274
; ; , cf. 71;ἐν αἰσχύνῃ π. τὴν πόλιν D.18.136
;τὰς ναῦς ἐπὶ τοῦ ξηροῦ π. Th.1.109
;ἔξω κεφαλὴν π. Hdt.5.33
;ἔξω βελῶν τὴν τάξιν π. X.Cyr.4.1.3
;ἐμαυτὸν ὡς πορρωτάτω π. τῶν ὑποψιῶν Isoc.3.37
; of troops, form them,ὡς ἂν κράτιστα.. X.An.5.2.11
, cf. 3.4.21; in politics,ἐς ὀλίγους τὰς ἀρχὰς π. Th.8.53
; and in war, π. Γετταλίαν ὑπὸ Φιλίππῳ bring it under his power, D.18.48;μήτε τοὺς νόμους μήθ' ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ τοῖς λέγουσι π. Id.58.61
:—[voice] Med.,ποιέεσθαι ὑπ' ἑωυτῷ Hdt.1.201
, cf.5.103, etc.;ὑπὸ χεῖρα X.Ages.1.22
; π. τινὰς ἐς φυλακήν, τὰ τῶν ξυμμάχων ἐς ἀσφάλειαν, Th.3.3, 8.1;τινὰς ἐς τὸ συμμαχικόν Hdt.9.106
; τὰ λεπτὰ πλοῖα ἐντὸς π. put the small vessels in the middle, Th.2.83, cf. 6.67; π. τινὰ ἐκποδών (v. ἐκποδών); ὄπισθεν π. τὸν ποταμόν X.An. 1.10.9
.2 Math., multiply, π. τὰ ιβ ἐπὶ τὰ έ, τὰ ζ ἐφ' ἑαυτὰ π., Hero Metr.1.8, 2.14.V [voice] Med., deem, consider, reckon a thing as.., συμφορὴν ποιέεσθαί τι take it for a misfortune, Hdt.1.83, 6.61; δεινὸν π. τι esteem it a grievous thing, take it ill, Id.1.127, etc. (rarely in [voice] Act.,δεινὰ π. 2.121
.έ, Th.5.42); μέγα π. c. inf., deem it a great matter that.., Hdt.8.3, cf. 3.42, etc.;μεγάλα π. ὅτι.. Id.1.119
; ἑρμαῖον π. τι count it clear gain, Pl.Grg. 489c;οὐκέτι ἀνασχετὸν π. τι Th.1.118
: freq. with Preps., δι' οὐδενὸς π. deem of no account, S.OC 584; ἐν ἐλαφρῷ, ἐν ὁμοίῳ π., Hdt.1.118,7.138;ἐν σμικρῷ μέρει S.Ph. 498
;ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ Th.4.5
;ἐν ὀργῇ D.1.16
; ἐν νόμῳ π. consider as lawful, Hdt. 1.131; ἐν ἀδείῃ π. consider as safe, Id.9.42;παρ' ὀλίγον π. τι X. An.6.6.11
; περὶ πολλοῦ π., Lat. magni facere, Lys.1.1, etc.; περὶ πλείονος, περὶ πλείστου π., Id.14.40, Pl.Ap. 21e, etc.; περὶ ὀλίγου, περὶ ἐλάττονος, Isoc.17.58, 18.63;περὶ παντός Id.2.15
(rarelyπολλοῦ π. τι Pl.Prt. 328d
); πρὸ πολλοῦ π. c. inf., Isoc.5.138.VI put the case, assume that..,ποιήσας ἀν' ὀγδώκοντα ἄνδρας ἐνεῖναι Hdt.7.184
, cf. 186, X.An.5.7.9: without inf., ἐν ἑκάστῃ ψυχῇ ποιήσωμεν περιστερεῶνά τινα (sc. εἶναι) Pl.Tht. 197d:—[voice] Pass., πεποιήσθω δή be it assumed then, ib.e; those who are reputed..,Id.
R. 498a, cf. 538c, 573b:—but for τὸν φιλόσοφον ποιώμεθα νομίζειν ib. 581d read τί οἰώμεθα..;VII of Time, οὐ π. χρόνον make no long time, i. e. not to delay, D.19.163 codd.; μακρότερον ποιεῖς you are taking too long, PCair.Zen.48.4 (iii B.C.); μέσας π. νύκτας let midnight come, Pl.Phlb. 50d, cf. AP11.85 (Lucill.); ἔξω μέσων νυκτῶν π. τὴν ὥραν put off the time of business to past midnight, D.54.26; τὴν νύκτα ἐφ' ὅπλοις ποιεῖσθαι spend it under arms, Th.7.28(s.v.l.);ποιήσουσιν ἐν πλούτῳ ἔτη πολλά LXXPr.13.23
, cf. To.10.7; (ii B.C.), cf. PSI4.362.15 (iii B.C.);τὰς ἡμέρας ἐν τοῖς ὕδασι π. D.S.1.35
; tarry, stay,μῆνας τρεῖς Act.Ap. 20.3
, cf. AP11.330 (Nicarch.).VIII in later Greek, sacrifice, ; καρπώσεις ὑπέρ τινος ib.Jb.42.8: without acc., π. Ἀστάρτῃ sacrifice to Ashtoreth, ib.3 Ki.11.33.IX make ready, prepare, as food, μοσχάριον ib.Ge.18.7 sq.; π. τὸν μύστακα trim it, ib.2 Ki.19.24(25).X ποιεῖν βασιλέα play the king, ib.3 Ki.20 (21).7.B do, much like πράσσω, οὐδὲν ἂν ὧν νυνὶ πεποίηκεν ἔπραξεν D. 4.5; , cf. 18.62;ἄριστα πεποίηται Il.6.56
;πλείονα χρηστὰ περὶ τὴν πόλιν Ar.Eq. 811
;τὰ δίκαια τοῖς εὐεργέταις D.20.12
;ἅμα ἔπος τε καὶ ἔργον ἐποίεε Hdt.3.134
fin.; ποιέειν Σπαρτιητικά act like a Spartan, Id.5.40;οὗτος τί ποιεῖς; A. Supp. 911
, etc.;τὸ προσταχθὲν π. S.Ph. 1010
; π. τὴν μουσικήν practise it, Pl.Phd. 60e, etc.; πᾶν or πάντα π., v. πᾶς D. 111.2, etc.: Math., ὅπερ ἔδει ποιῆσαι, = Q.E.F., Euc.1.1, etc.2 c. dupl. acc., do something to another, κακά or ἀγαθὰ ποιεῖν τινα, first in Hdt.3.75, al.; ἀγαθόν, κακὸν π. τινά, Isoc.16.50, etc.;μεγάλα τὴν πόλιν ἀγαθά Din.1.17
; alsoεὖ ποιεῖν τὸν εὖ ποιοῦντα X.Mem.2.3.8
; τὴν ἐκείνου (sc. χώραν)κακῶς π. D.1.18
; in LXX with Prep.,π. κακὸν μετά τινων Ge. 26.29
;ταῦτα τοῦτον ἐποίησα Hdt.1.115
; , cf. Nu. 259; also of things, ἀργύριον τωὐτὸ τοῦτο ἐποίεε he did this same thing with silver, Hdt.4.166: less freq. c. dat. pers.,τῷ τεθνεῶτι μηδὲν τῶν νομιζομένων π. Is.4.19
;ἵππῳ τἀναντία X.Eq.9.12
codd., cf. Ar.Nu. 388, D.29.37: c. dat. rei,τί ποιήσωμεν κιβωτῷ; LXX 1 Ki.5.8
:—in [voice] Med.,φίλα ποιέεσθαί τισι Hdt.2.152
,5.37.3 with an Adv., ὧδε ποίησον do thus, Id.1.112; πῶς ποιήσεις; how will you act? S.OC 652;πῶς δεῖ ποιεῖν περὶ θυσίας X.Mem.1.3.1
;ποίει ὅπως βούλει Id.Cyr.1.4.9
;μὴ ἄλλως π. Pl.R. 328d
; πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους πῶς ποιήσουσιν; ib. 469b; ὀρθῶς π. ib. 403e; εὖ, κακῶς π. τινά, v. supr. 2: freq. c. part.,εὖ ἐποίησας ἀπικόμενος Hdt.5.24
, cf. Pl.Phd. 60c;καλῶς ποιεῖς προνοῶν X.Cyr.7.4.13
;οἷον ποιεῖς ἡγούμενος Pl.Chrm. 166c
; καλῶς ποιῶν almost Adverbial,καλῶς γ', ἔφη, ποιῶν σύ Id.Smp. 174e
;καλῶς ποιοῦντες.. πράττετε D.20.110
, cf. 1.28; fortunately,Id.
23.143.4 in Prose (rarely in Poetry, A.Pr. 935), used in the second clause, to avoid repeating the Verb of the first, ἐρώτησον αὐτούς· μᾶλλον δ' ἐγὼ τοῦθ' ὑπὲρ σοῦ ποιήσω I will do this for you, D.18.52, cf. 292, Hdt.5.97, Is.7.35.II abs., to be doing, act,ποιέειν ἢ παθεῖν πρόκειται ἀγών Hdt.7.11
; ποιεῖν, as a category, opp. πάσχειν, Arist.Cat. 2a3, cf. GC 322b11, Ph. 225b13.b of medicine, operate, be efficacious, Pl.Phd. 117b;λουτρὰ κάλλιστα ποιοῦντα πρὸς νόσους Str. 5.3.6
; πρὸς στραγγουρίαν, πρὸς τοὺς δαιμονιζομένους, Thphr.HP7.14.1, Ps.-Plu.Fluv.16.2: freq. in Dsc., , al.;εἰς τὰ αὐτά 2.133
: c. dat.,στομαχικοῖς Gal.13.183
: abs., ἄκρως π. ib.265; also of charms, PMag.Osl.1.361.2 Th. has a peculiar usage, ἡ εὔνοια παρὰ πολὺ ἐποίει μᾶλλον ἐς τοὺς Λακεδαιμονίους good-will made greatly for, on the side of, the L., 2.8: impers., ἐπὶ πολὺ ἐποίει τῆς δόξης τοῖς μὲν ἠπειρώταις εἶναι, τοῖς δέ.. it was the general character of the one to be landsmen, of the others.., 4.12: the former passage is imitated by Arr.An.2.2.3, App.BC1.82, D.C.57.6. -
13 φέρω
φέρω ([dialect] Locr. [full] φάρω [ᾰ], IG9(1).334.5 (Oeanthea, v. B.C.)), only [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. (late 1 [tense] aor. [ per.] 3pl.Aἤφεραν IG3.1379
), Il.21.458, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, [ per.] 2pl. imper.φέρτε Il.9.171
; [ per.] 2sg. subj. ; [ per.] 3sg. subj.φέρῃσι Il.18.308
, Od.5.164, al.; [dialect] Ep. inf.φερέμεν Il.9.411
, al.: [tense] impf. ἔφερον, [dialect] Ep.φέρον 3.245
; also φέρεσκε, φέρεσκον ([ per.] 3pl.), Od.9.429, 10.108.II [tense] fut.οἴσω Il.7.82
, etc.; [dialect] Dor.οἰσῶ Theoc.3.11
; [ per.] 1pl.οἰσεῦμες Id.15.133
; [ per.] 3pl. ηοίσοντι Tab.Heracl.1.150: the foll. act. forms are not [tense] fut. in sense, imper.οἶσε Od.22.106
, 481, Ar.Ach. 1099, 1101, 1122, Ra. 482;οἰσέτω Il.19.173
, Od.8.255; [ per.] 3pl.οἰσόντων Antim.15
; inf.οἴσειν Pi.P.4.102
, [dialect] Ep.οἰσέμεν Od.3.429
,οἰσέμεναι Il.3.120
, Od.8.399, etc.: [tense] aor. 1 inf.οἶσαι Ph.1.611
codd. ( ἀν-οῖσαι is prob. in Hdt.1.157):—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.οἴσομαι Il.22.217
, S.El. 969, etc. (in pass. sense, E.Or. 440, X.Oec.18.6; so [dialect] Dor.οἰσεῖται Archim.Fluit.1.7
, al.): [tense] fut. [voice] Pass.οἰσθήσομαι D.44.45
, Arist. Ph. 205a13, Archim.Fluit.1.3, al., ([etym.] ἐξ-) E.Supp. 561:—[voice] Pass., [tense] pf.προοῖσται Luc.Par.2
; cf. οἰστέον, οἰστός ([etym.] ἀν-οιστός).III from ἐνεγκ- (not found in Hom. or Hdt., exc. as v.l. in Il.19.194, but in Pi.O.13.66, I.8(7).21, ([etym.] προς-) Id.P.9.36, also B.16.62, and normal in [dialect] Att. and Trag., also in codd.Hp., Epid.1.1.2, al.) come [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεγκα, and [tense] aor. 2 ἤνεγκον:—Indic., [ per.] 1sg. (lyr.), 964, Ar.Ra. 1299, Th. 742, Lys. 944, ([etym.] δι-) Isoc.18.59, butἤνεγκα S.El. 13
, E. Ion38, Aeschin.2.4, and in compos. with Preps.; [ per.] 2sg. always (lyr.), ([etym.] ἐξ-) S.Tr. 741 (in Ar.Th. 742, δέκα μῆνας αὔτ' ἐγὼ ἤνεγκον is answd. by ἤνεγκας σύ;); [ per.] 3sg. ἤνεγκε, common to both forms; dualδι-ηνεγκάτην Pl.Lg. 723b
; pl. always ἠνέγκαμεν, -ατε, -αν ([ per.] 3pl.ἀπ-ήνενκαν IG22.1620.37
, al., once ἀπ-ήνεγκον ib. 1414.2; δι-ηνέγκομεν is f.l. in X.Oec.9.8): imper., [ per.] 2sg. , Ar.Eq. 110, X.Mem.3.6.9 ( ἔνεγκον cj. Pors. in Anaxipp. 8); [ per.] 3sg. (troch.), Th. 238, Pl.Phd. 116d, ([etym.] προς-) X.Smp.5.2; butἐξ-ενεγκέτω IG12.63.33
, 76.61; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl. ἐνεγκόντω ib.5 (1).26.16 (Amyclae, ii/i B. C.); [ per.] 2pl.ἐξ-ενέγκατε Ar.Ra. 847
: subj. ἐνέγκω common to both forms: opt., [ per.] 1sg. , Pl.Cri. 43c: [ per.] 3sg. ἐνέγκαι (cod.A, but - κοι cod.Laur.) S.Tr. 774, butἐνέγκοι Id.Fr.84
(anap.), Pl.R. 330a, ([etym.] ξυν-) Th.6.20, etc.; [ per.] 2pl. ἐνέγκαιτε ( ἐνέγκατε codd.) E.Heracl. 751 (lyr.): inf. , S.OC 1599, IG22.40.18, etc., ([etym.] προς-) Pi.P.9.36, Hp.VM15; Hellenistic ([etym.] εἰς-), PAmh.2.30.35 (ii B. C.), Ev.Marc. 2.4 ([etym.] προς-), etc., found also in codd.Hp., Aff.3 ([etym.] προς-), Nat.Mul.19 ([etym.] δι-): part.ἐνεγκών Pi.I.8(7).21
, S.El. 692, Th.6.56, etc.,ἐνέγκας IG22.1361.21
([etym.] εἰς-), 333.4, D.49.51 (and later, Demetr.Com.Nov.1.10 ([etym.] εἰς-), Arist.Oec. 1351a14, etc.; in X. we findἐξ-ενεγκόντες Mem.1.2.53
, and δι-ενεγκοῦσα, συν-ενεγκόντες, vv. ll. in ib.2.2.5, An.6.5.6):— [voice] Med., only ἠνεγκάμην, Ar.Ec.76 ([etym.] ἐξ-), etc. (exc. imper. ); [ per.] 2sg. , X.Oec.7.13; [ per.] 3sg. , Pl.R. 406b, etc.; [ per.] 1pl.ἠνεγκάμεθα Id. Ion 530b
, ([etym.] προ-) Phlb. 57a; inf.εἰς-ενέγκασθαι Isoc.15.188
: part.ἐνεγκάμενος Aeschin.1.131
, ([etym.] ἀπ-) X.Ages.6.2.IV from ἐνεικ- comes [tense] aor. 1 ἤνεικα, found mostly in [dialect] Ion. (but not in codd. Hp.), [dialect] Ep. and Lyr., also at Cos (v. infr.) and implied elsewh. in pass. forms (v. infr. v):—the endings are those of [tense] aor. 1, exc. in imper.ἔνεικε Od.21.178
, inf. ἐνεικέμεν (v.l. ἐνεγκέμεν) Il.19.194, ἐνείκην (v. infr.), and part. μετ-ενεικών, ἐξενικοῦσι (v. infr.), cf. συνενείκομαι:—[ per.] 1sg.ἀν-ένεικα Od.11.625
; [ per.] 2sg.ἀπ-ένεικας Il.14.255
; [ per.] 3sg.ἤνεικε Od.18.300
, al., Hdt.2.146, [dialect] Ep.ἔνεικε Il.15.705
, al.; [ per.] 1pl.ἐνείκαμεν Od.24.43
; [ per.] 3pl.ἤνεικαν Hdt.3.30
, [dialect] Ep.ἔνεικαν Il.9.306
; imper. [ per.] 2sg.ἔνεικον Anacr.62.3
; [ per.] 2pl.,ἐνείκατε Od. 8.393
; [ per.] 3pl.ἐνεικάντων Schwyzer 688
B 3 (Chios, v B. C.); inf.ἐνεῖκαι Il.18.334
, Pi.P.9.53, Hdt.1.32; ἐνεικέμεν (v. supr.); [dialect] Aeol.ἐνείκην Alc.Oxy.1788
Fr.15ii 20; part.ἐνείκας Il.17.39
, ([etym.] ἀν-) Hdt.2.23;μετ-ενεικών Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).22
(Cos, iii B. C.):—[voice] Med., [ per.] 3sg.ἀν-ενείκατο Il.19.314
; [ per.] 3pl.ἠνείκαντο 9.127
, Hdt.1.57, ([etym.] ἐς-) 7.152; part.ἐνεικάμενος Alc.35.4
.2 [tense] aor. 1 ἤνῐκα is found in the foll. dialect forms: [ per.] 3sg.ἤνικε IG42(1).121.110
(Epid., iv B. C.); Bi11 (Delph., iv B. C.);ἀν-ήνικε IG4.757A12
, al. (Troezen, ii B. C.); ἀπ-ήνικε ib.42(1).103.16, al. (Epid., iv B. C.); but ἤνῑκε is prob. written for ἤνεικε in IG4.801.3 (Troezen, vi B. C.); [ per.] 1pl. ἀν-ηνίκαμες [ῐ] GDI 3591b21 ([place name] Calymna); [ per.] 3pl. Bi 17 (Delph., iv B. C.), IG 12(2).15.15 (Mytil., iii B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj.ἐνίκει Berl.Sitzb.1927.161
([place name] Cyrene); ἐς-ενίκη, and inf. ἐς-ένικαι, IG12(2).645b43,39 (Nesus, iv B. C.); part. (dat. pl.)ἐξ-ενικοῦσι IG4.823.49
(Troezen, iv B. C.); so in later Gr.,εἰς-ήνικα Supp.Epigr.7.381
,382 (Dura-Europos, iii A. D.); ἤνιγκα ib.383 (ibid., iii A. D.):—[voice] Med., part.ἐξ-ε[νικ]άμενος IG12
(2).526a5 (Eresus, iv B. C.).b [dialect] Boeot. [tense] aor. 1 in [ per.] 3pl.εἴνιξαν IG7.2418.24
(Thebes, iv B. C.); [ per.] 1sg. ἤνειγξα Hdn.Gr.2.374.V other tenses: [tense] pf.ἐνήνοχα D.21.108
, 22.62, ([etym.] ἐξ-) Luc.Pr.Im.15,17, ([etym.] μετ-) Pl.Criti. 113a, ([etym.] συν-) v. l. in X.Mem.3.5.22:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.ἐνεχθήσομαι Arist.Ph. 205b12
, Archim.Fluit.2.2, al., ([etym.] ἐπ-) Th.7.56, ([etym.] κατ-) Isoc.13.19: [tense] aor.ἠνέχθην X.An.4.7.12
and freq. in compds.; [dialect] Ion.ἀπ-ηνείχθην Hdt.1.66
, etc.; ([etym.] περι-) ib.84; [ per.] 3pl. written ἠνείχτθησαν in Schwyzer 707B9 (Ephesus, vi B. C.); [dialect] Dor. part.ἐξ-ενειχθείς IG42(1).121.115
(Epid., iv B. C.); Hellenisticἐνεγχθείς PCair.Zen.327.42
(iii B. C.), ([etym.] συμπερι-) IPE12.32A31,78, B70 (Olbia, iii B. C.); in dialects, [ per.] 3sg. indic.ἀπ-ηνίχθη IG42(1).103.111
(Epid., iv B. C.); [ per.] 3sg. subj. ἐξενιχθῇ ib.12(5).593 A23 (Ceos, v B. C.), Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).21 (Cos, iii B. C.); [dialect] Boeot.ἐν-ενιχθεῖ IG7.3172.150
(Thespiae, iii B. C.); part. (neut.)ἐπ-ενιχθέν Abh.Berl.Akad.1928(6).53
(Telos, iv B. C., ined.); [dialect] Att. [tense] pf.ἐνήνεγμαι, ἐνήνεκται Pl.R. 584d
,εἰς-ενήνεκται E. Ion 1340
;ἀν-ενήνεγκται IG12.91.4
; ἐπαν-ενήνειγκται ib.22.1607a7; [dialect] Ion.ἐξ-ενηνειγμένος Hdt.8.37
; [dialect] Att. [tense] plpf.προς-ενήνεκτο X.HG4.3.20
; part.κατ-, μετ-ενηνεγμένος Plb.10.30.2
, Str.13.1.12. (With φέρω cf. Lat.fero, OE. beran, Skt. bhárati 'bear'; οἴσω is of uncertain origin; ἐνεγκ- is prob. redupl. ἐγκ- ( ἐνεκ- in [voice] Pass. forms and in δουρηνεκής, etc.), cogn. with Skt. náśati 'attain,' Lat. nanciscor, Lith. nèšti 'carry, bear'; ἐνεικ- ([etym.] ἐνῐκ-) is of uncertain origin; the glosses ἐνέεικαν· ἤνεγκαν, and ἐνεείκω· ἐνέγκω (Hsch.) are not corroborated.)A [voice] Act.,I bear or carry a load,ἐν ταλάροισι φέρον μελιηδέα καρπόν Il.18.568
;μέγα ἔργον, ὃ οὐ δύο γ' ἄνδρε φέροιεν 5.303
;ἦγον μὲν μῆλα, φέρον δ' εὐήνορα οἶνον Od.4.622
;χοάς A.Ch.15
;φ. ἐπ' ὤμοις S.Tr. 564
;χερσὶν φ. Id.Ant. 429
;φ. ὅπλα βραχίονι E.Hec.14
; bear (as a device) on one's shield, A.Th. 559, etc.; γαστέρι κοῦρον φ., of a pregnant woman, Il.6.59; φ. ὑπὸ ζώνην or ζώνης ὕπο, A.Ch. 1000(992), E.Hec. 762: in Trag. stronger than ἔχω, ἁγνὰς αἵματος χεῖρας φ. to have hands clean from blood, E.Hipp. 316 (v.l. φορεῖς); ἀλαὸν ὄμμα φέρων Id.Ph. 1531
(lyr.);γλῶσσαν εὔφημον φ. A.Ch. 581
, cf. Supp. 994;καλὸν φ. στόμα S.Fr. 930
codd. (nisi leg. φορῇ) ; ἄψοφονβάσιν φ. Id.Tr. 967
(lyr.).II bear, convey, with collat. notion of motion, freq. in Hom.,πῇ δὴ.. τόξα φέρεις; Od.21.362
; πρόσω φ. ib. 369;εἴσω φέρω σ' ἐντεῦθεν Ar.V. 1444
, cf. Pl.Lg. 914b;πόδες φέρον Il.6.514
;πέδιλα τά μιν φέρον 24.341
, etc.; of horses, 2.838;ἵππω.. ἅρμα οἴσετον 5.232
, etc.; of ships, Od.16.323, cf. Il.9.306;τὰ σώματα τῶν ζῴων συνέστηκεν ἐκ τοῦ φέροντος καὶ τοῦ φερομένου Diocl. Fr.17
.b of persons, bring to bear, μένος or μένος χειρῶν ἰθύς τινος φέρειν hurl one's strength right upon or against him, Il.16.602, 5.506; φ. τὴν ὀργήν, τὴν αἰτίαν ἐπί τινα, Plb.21.31.8, 33.11.2.2 of wind, bear along, [πνοιὴ Ζεφύρου] φ. νῆάς τε καὶ αὐτούς Od.10.26
; [σχεδίην] ἄνεμοι φέρον ἔνθα καὶ ἔνθα 5.330
, cf. 4.516, Il.19.378, etc.;ἐπέλασσε φέρων ἄνεμος Od.3.300
, 7.277, cf. 5.111, etc.: abs., ὁ βορέας ἔξω τοῦ Πόντου εἰς τὴν Ἑλλάδα φέρει is fair for Greece, X.An.5.77: metaph.,ὅπῃ ἂν ὁ λόγος ὥσπερ πνεῦμα φ. Pl.R. 394d
;φ. τινὰ φρένες δύσαρκτοι A.Ch. 1023
, cf. Th. 687 (lyr.):—[voice] Pass., v. infr. B.III endure, suffer,λυγρά Od.18.135
;ἄτην Hdt.1.32
; χαλινόν, ζυγόν, A.Ag. 1066, 1226; πημονάς, τύχας, Id.Pers. 293, E.Or. 1024;ξυμφοράς Th.2.60
; ; also of food,ἐσθίουσι πλείω ἢ δύνανται φ. X.Cyr.8.2.21
; of strong wine, bear, admit, καὶ τὰ τρία φέρων καλῶς, i.e. three parts of water, instead of ἴσον ἴσῳ, Ar.Eq. 1188, cf. Ach. 354; so τὰς ἐπιδείξεις.. φέρουσιν αὐτοῦ (sc. Ἰσοκράτους)οἱ λόγοι, τοὺς δὲ ἐν ἐκκλησίαις.. ἀγῶνας οὐχ ὑπομένουσι D.H.Isoc.2
: metaph.,ᾗ φέρειν πέφυκε Pl.Ti. 48a
.2 freq. with modal words,πήματα κόσμῳ φ. Pi.P.3.82
; ;ὀργῇ τὸν πόλεμον Th.1.31
;θυμῷ φ. Id.5.80
;χαρᾷ φ. τι J.AJ19.1.13
: esp. with an Adv., [ὕβριν] ῥηϊδίως φ. Hes.Op. 215
; δεινῶς, βαρέως, πικρῶς, χαλεπῶς φέρειν τι, bear a thing impatiently, take it ill or amiss, Hdt.2.121.γ, 5.19, E. Ion 610, Pl.R. 330a, etc.; δυσπετῶς, βαρυστόνως φ., A.Pr. 752, Eu. 794; προθύμως φέρειν τὸν πόλεμον to be zealous about the war, Hdt.9.18,40;προθύμως τὰ τοῦ πολέμου ἔφερον Th.8.36
;αἶσαν φέρειν ὡς ῥᾷστα A.Pr. 104
;συμφορὴν ὡς κουφότατα φ. Hdt.1.35
;ῥᾳδίως φ. Pl.Grg. 522d
, al.;εὐπετῶς φ. S.Fr. 585
, X.Mem.2.1.6; εὐπόρως ( εὐφόρως Brunck) ; εὐμενῶς, εὐχερῶς φ., D.Ep. 3.45, Pl.R. 474e; these phrases are used mostly c. acc. rei; also c. part.,βαρέως ἤνεικε ἰδών Hdt.3.155
, cf. Ar.Th. 385, etc.;φ. ἐλαφρῶς.. λαβόντα ζυγόν Pi.P.2.93
;ῥᾳδίως φέρεις ἡμᾶς ἀπολείπων Pl. Phd. 63a
: c. gen.,τοῦ ἐνδεοῦς χαλεπώτερον φ. Th.1.77
, cf. 2.62;ἐπί τινι, χαλεπῶς φ. ἐπὶ τῇ πολιορκίᾳ X.HG7.4.21
, cf. Isoc.12.232;πράως ἐπὶ τοῖς γιγνομένοις φ. D.58.55
: c. dat. only, βαρέως φέρειν τοῖς παροῦσι, τῇ ἀτιμίᾳ, X.An.1.3.3, HG3.4.9, cf. 5.1.29; later, χαλεπῶς φ. διά τι, πρός τι, D.S.17.111, Jul.Or.1.17c codd.IV bring, fetch,εἰ.. θεὸς αὐτὸν ἐνείκαι Od.21.196
;φ. ἄποινα Il.24.502
;ἄρνε 3
, 120, cf. Sapph.95; ὕδωρ, οἶνον, Anacr.62.1;ἔντεα Il.18.191
;τόξα Od.21.359
; ; , etc.;γῆν τε καὶ ὕδωρ Hdt.7.131
:—[voice] Med., carry or bring with one, or for one's own use,ποδάνιπτρα Od.19.504
;οἶνον Alc.35
, cf. Hdt.4.67, 7.50, X. Mem.3.14.1;φερνὰς δόμοις E.Andr. 1282
; fetch, Od.2.410;χοὰς ἐκ κρήνης S.OC 470
.2 bring, offer, present,δῶρα Od.8.428
, etc.;μέλος Pi.P.2.3
; ;φ. πέπλον δώρημά τινι S.Tr. 602
;πρός τινα δῶρα X.An.7.3.31
; χάριν τινὶ φ. grant any one a favour, do him a kindness, Il.5.211, Od.5.307, al.;ἐπὶ ἦρα φ. τινί Il.1.572
, Od.3.164, etc.; φ. τισὶ εὐνοίας, ὄνησιν ἀστοῖς, A.Supp. 489, S.OC 287; but after Hom., χάριν τινὶ φ. show gratitude to him, Pi.O.10(11).17; μῆνιν φ. τινί cherish wrath against.. A.Niob. in PSI11.1208.12.b = ἄγω iv. 1,ἄχρι νῦν καθ' ὥραν ἔτους λέγονται πένθος ἐπὶ Μελεάγρῳ φέρειν Ant.Lib.2.7
; Ἰάλεμος· ὁ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀπολωλόσιν ἀνίαν φέρων, Suid.:—[voice] Med.,τοῦ γονέως ἐφ' ᾧ γε τὸ πένθος φέρεσθε Phalar.Ep.103.1
.3 bring, produce, cause, [ἀστὴρ] φέρει πυρετὸν βροτοῖσιν Il.22.31
;ὄσσαν.. ἥ τε φ. κλέος ἀνθρώποισι Od.1.283
, cf. 3.204; φ. κακόν, πῆμα, ἄλγεα, etc., work one woe, Il.8.541, Od.12.231, 427, etc.; δηϊοτῆτα φ. bring war, 6.203;ἐπ' ἀλλήλοισι φ. Ἄρηα Il.3.132
, cf. 8.516; ;θάνατον φ. B.5.134
;τοῦτο εὐδοξίαν σοι οἴσει Pl.Ep. 312c
; ;τέχναι.. φόβον φέρουσιν μαθεῖν A.Ag. 1135
(lyr.); ὥσπερ τὸ δίκαιον ἔφερε as justice brought with it, brought about, i.e. as was just, no more than just, Hdt.5.58;ἀν' ὄ κα φέρῃ ὁ λόγος ὁ ταμία Φιλοκλέος IG42(1).77.13
(Epid., ii B. C.); of a calculation, yield a result, Vett.Val.349.27; produce, adduce, bring forward,παραδείγματα Isoc.7.6
, etc.;πάσας αἰτίας D.58.22
;ἁρμόττουσαν εἰκόνα Id.61.10
:—[voice] Pass.,εἰς τὴν συνηγορίαν.. τοιαῦτά τινα φέρεται Sor.2.3
.4 μῦθον φ. τινί bring one word, Il.10.288, 15.202; ἀγγελίην φ. bring a message, ib. 175, Od.1.408;λόγον Pi.P.8.38
;ἐπιστολὰς φ. τινί S.Aj. 781
, cf. Tr. 493;ἐπιστολήν X.Ages.8.3
: hence, tell, announce, πευθώ, φάτιν, A.Th. 370, Ag.9;σαφές τι πρᾶγος Id.Pers. 248
(troch.), cf. Ag. 639, etc.; report, ἀγήν (breakages) PCair.Zen. 15r27 (iii B. C.); φ. κεχωνευκώς reports that he has.., ib.741.26, cf. 147.4, 268.24 (all iii B. C.); enter, book a payment made, PBaden47.12:—[voice] Med.,λόγους φ. E.Supp. 583
; but also ἀγγελίας ἔπος οἴσῃ thou shalt have it brought thee, receive, Id.Ph. 1546 (lyr.);μαντήϊα.. φέρονται Hes.Fr.134.9
:—[voice] Pass., θάνατον ἀνάγκη φέρεσθαι τοῦ διαθεμένου the death of the testator must be announced, Ep.Heb.9.16.5 pay something due or owing, φόρον τέσσαρα τάλαντα φ. pay as a tax or tribute, Th.4.57, cf. IG12.57.9, Pl.Plt. 298a, PCair.Zen.467.7 (iii B. C.);δασμόν X.An.5.5.10
; σύνοδον φ. subscribe to the expense of a meeting, IG22.1012.14, 1326.6;χρήματα πᾶσι τάξαντες φ. Th.1.19
;μισθὸν φ. X.Cyr.1.6.12
(but usu., receive, draw, pay,μισθὸν δύο δραχμὰς τῆς ἡμέρας Ar.Ach.66
; ;αἱ νῆες μισθὸν ἔφερον Th. 3.17
, cf. X.An.1.3.21, Oec.1.6);φ. ἐννέα ὀβολοὺς τῆς μνᾶς τόκους Lys.Fr.1.2
, cf. Lycurg.23; also of property, bring in, yield as rent,φ. μίσθωσιν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ Is.5.35
.6 apply, refer, , Chrm. 163d, R. 478b, cf. Plb.3.36.7, al.; φ. τὰ πράγματα ἐπί τινα confer powers upon, Id.2.50.6.7 ψῆφον φ. give one's vote, A.Eu. 674, 680, And.1.2, Is.11.18; ψῆφος καθ' ἡμῶν οἴσεται ([voice] Pass.) E.Or. 440;περὶ ταύτης ἡ ψῆφος οἰσθήσεται D.44.45
;ὑπὲρ ἀγῶνος Lycurg.7
, cf. 11: hence φ. τινά appoint or nominate to an office,φ. χορηγόν D.20.130
, 39.7, cf. Pl.Lg. 753d, Arist.Pol. 1266a10:—[voice] Pass., ibid.; (ii B. C.);τῶν φερομένων ἐν Κλεοπάτρᾳ κληρούχων PRein.10.13
, al. (ii B. C.); φερομένου μου ἐν τῇ συνοχῇ since I am enrolled in prison, i.e. am in prison, BGU1821.21 (i B. C.):—[voice] Med., choose, adopt,ταύταν φ. βιοτάν E.Andr. 785
(lyr.).V bring forth, produce, whether of the earth or of trees,φ. ἄρουρα φάρμακα Od.4.229
;ἄμπελοι φ. οἶνον 9.110
; [νῆσος] φ. ὥρια πάντα ib. 131, cf. Hes.Op. 117; [οὐ] γῆ καρπὸν ἔφερε Hdt.6.139
;γύαι φ. βίοτον A.Fr.196.5
, cf. Pi.N.11.41, E.Hec. 593, etc.: abs., bear fruit, be fruitful,εὖτ' ἂν τάδε πάντα φέρῃσι h.Merc.91
; ἡ γῆ ἔφερε ( καρπόν add. codd. quidam) Hdt.5.82;αἱ ἄμπελοι φέρουσιν X.Oec.20.4
; also of living beings,τόπος ἄνδρας φ. Pl.Ti. 24c
;ἤνεγκεν αὐτὸν Λαοδίκεια Philostr. VS1.25.1
; one's country,Hld.
2.29, Lib.Or. 2.66, al., Chor.p.81 B., Lyd.Mag.3.26, dub. in Supp.Epigr.4.439 (Milet.) without Art. (alsoἡ ἐνεγκαμένη Jul.Ep. 202
); or Mother Earth, M.Ant.4.48: generally, create, form,Πηνειὸς Τέμπη φ. Philostr.Im.1.25
; [τὰ βρέφη] ἄρχεται φέρειν τοὺς ὀδόντας Aët.4.9
;φ. τοὺς κυνόδοντας Gp.16.1.14
.VI carry off or away,Κῆρες ἔβαν θανάτοιο φέρουσαι Il.2.302
;φ. τινὰ ἐκ πόνου 14.429
, 17.718, etc.; of winds, [ἔπος] φέροιεν ἀναρπάξασαι ἄελλαι may the winds sweep away the word, Od.8.409; of a river, Hdt.1.189:—[voice] Med., carry off with one, Od.15.19.2 carry away as booty or prize, ἔναρα, τεύχεα, Il.6.480, 17.70;αἶγα λέοντε φ. 13.199
; δεῖπνον φ., of Harpies, A.Eu.51;ἐνέχυρα βίᾳ φ. Antipho 6.11
; in the phrase φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν (cf.ἄγω 1.3
), IG12.69.19; φέροντα ἢ ἄγοντα Lex ap.D.23.60;αἴ κα.. ἄγῃ ἢ φέρῃ Leg.Gort.5.37
;ἥρπαζον καὶ ἔφερον Lys.20.17
;κείρων ἢ φέρων IG12(9).90.10
(Tamynae, iv B. C.);αἴ τίς κα.. φέρει τι τῶν ἐν τᾷ ἱαρᾷ γᾷ Tab.Heracl.1.128
; of a divorced wife,αἰ δέ τι ἄλλο φέροι τῶ ἀνδρός, πέντε στατῆρανς καταστασεῖ κὤτι κα φέρῃ αὐτόν Leg.Gort.3.2
; φέρειν alone, rob, plunder, ;ἀλλήλους Th.1.7
; abs., SIG38.23 (Teos, v B. C.):—[voice] Pass.,φερόμενοι Βακχῶν ὕπο E.Ba. 759
:—[voice] Med. in same sense,ἔναρα Il.22.245
;πελέκεας οἶκόνδε φ. 23.856
;ἀτερπέα δαῖτα Od.10.124
, cf. 15.378.3 carry off, gain, esp. by toil or trouble, win, achieve, both [voice] Act. and [voice] Med.,ἤ κε φέρῃσι μέγα κράτος ἦ κε φεροίμην Il.18.308
;φέρειν τρίποδα Hes.Op. 657
; ; ; τἀριστεῖα, τὰ νικητήρια, Pl.R. 468c, Lg. 657e;πέρα.. οὐδὲν φ. S.OC 651
;ἐκ σοῦ πάντ' ἄνευ φόβου φ. Id.OT 590
; τίς.. πλέον τᾶς εὐδαιμονίας φέρει ἤ .. ; ib. 1190 (lyr.), cf. El. 1088 (lyr.); in bad sense,μείζω τὴν αἰσχύνην φ. Pl.Lg. 671e
: also, receive one's due,φ. χάριν S.OT 764
; ; μισθὸν φέρειν (v. supr. iv.5); of a priest's perquisites,φέρει ὁ ἱαρεὺς γέρη σκέλη κτλ. BMus.Inscr.968
A 9 ([place name] Cos), cf. IG12.24.10, al., SIG56.35 (Argos, v B. C.):—[voice] Med. (v. ad init.), win for oneself,κῦδος οἴσεσθαι Il.22.217
; δέπας, τεύχεα, carry off as a prize, 23.663, 809, al.; ἀέθλια or ἄεθλον φ. carry off, win a prize, 9.127, 23.413; τὰ πρῶτα φέρεσθαι (sc. ἄεθλα) 23.275, 538; ; of perquisites, τὸ.. σκέλος τοὶ ἱαρομνάμονες φερόσθω (i. e. φερούσθω from Φερόνσθω) IG42(1).40.13 (Epid., v/iv B. C.): henceοὐ τὰ δεύτερα Hdt.8.104
; πλέον φέρεσθαι get more or a larger share for onself, gain the advantage over any one, τινος Hdt.7.211, cf. S.OT 500 (lyr.), E.Hec. 308; ταῦτα ἐπὶ σμικρόν τι ἐφέροντο τοῦ πολέμου this they received as a small help towards the war, Hdt.4.129; ; ;χάριν φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῶν And.2.9
;φ. τὴν ἀπέχθειαν αὐτῶν Antipho 3.4.2
; ;εὐσέβειαν ἐκ πατρὸς οἴσῃ S.El. 969
;δάκρυ πρὸς τῶν κλυόντων A.Pr. 638
;ἀπό τινος βοσκάν Id.Eu. 266
(lyr.);ἐξ ἀνανδρίας τοὔνομα Aeschin.1.131
: generally, get for one's own use and profit, take and carry away, esp. to one's own home,τοῦ.. πάμπρωτα παρ' ἀγλαὰ δῶρα φέροιο Il.4.97
: hence φέρειν or φέρεσθαι is often used pleon., v. infr. xi.VII abs., of roads or ways, lead to a place,ὁδὸν φέρουσαν ἐς ἱρόν Hdt.2.122
, cf. 138; τὴν φέρουσαν ἄνω (sc. ὁδόν) Id.9.69;τῆς μὲν ἐς ἀριστερὴν ἐπὶ Καρίης φ., τῆς δὲ ἐς δεξιὴν ἐς Σάρδις Id.7.31
;ἐπὶ Σοῦσα X.An.3.5.15
; ;ἡ ἐς Θήβας φέρουσα ὁδός Th.3.24
(but ἡ ἐπ' Ἀθηνῶν φέρουσα ibid.); also ἡ θύρα ἡ εἰς τὸν κῆπον φ. the door leading to the garden, D.47.53; αἱ εἰς τὴν πόλιν φ. πύλαι, αἱ ἐπὶ τὸ τεῖχος φ. κλίμακες, X.HG7.2.7, cf. PMich.Zen.38.27 (iii B. C.), Plb.10.12.3.2 of a district or tract of country, stretch, extend to or towards, φέρειν ἐπί orἐς θάλασσαν Hdt.4.99
; ἐς τὴν μεσόγαιαν ib. 100;πρὸς νότον Id.7.201
; ἡ ἀπὸ δυσμῶν αὐτῆς (sc. τῆς Κιμβρικῆς)καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν Ἄλβιν φέρουσα Ptol.Geog.2.11.2
, cf. 3.3 metaph., lead to or towards, be conducive to,ἐς αἰσχύνην φέρει Hdt.1.10
;τὰ ἐς ἄκεσιν φέροντα Id.4.90
; ἐς βλάβην, ἐς φόβον φέρον, S.OT 517, 991; : esp. in good sense, tend, conduce to one's interest, ἐπ' ἀμφότερά τοι φέρει (impers.)ταῦτα ποιέειν Hdt.3
. 134; soτὰ πρὸς τὸ ὑγιαίνειν φέροντα X.Mem.4.2.31
;τροφαὶ μέγα φ. εἰς ἀρετάν E.IA 562
(lyr.); μέγα τι οἰόμεθα φέρειν (sc. κοινωνίαν γυναικῶν τε καὶ παίδων)εἰς πολιτείαν Pl.R. 449d
; τὰ καλὰ ἐπιτηδεύματα εἰς ἀρετῆς κτῆσιν φ. ib. 444e, cf. X.Cyr.8.1.42; τοῦτο ἔφερεν αὐτῷ was for his good, M.Ant.5.8.b point to, refer to a thing,ἐς τί ὑμῖν ταῦτα φαίνεται φέρειν; Hdt.1.120
; φωνὴ φέρουσα πρός τινα addressed to him, Id.1.159; , cf. 6.19; [ὄψις] φέρει ἐπὶ πᾶσαν γῆν refers to.., extends over.., Id.7.19; τὰ ἴχνη τῆς ὑποψίας εἰς τοῦτον φ. point to him, Antipho 2.3.10;πρός τινας Pl.R. 538c
;ταύτῃ <ὁ> νόος ἔφερε Hdt.9.120
; ἡ τοῦ δήμου φέρει γνώμη, ὡς .., the people's opinion inclines to this, that.., Id.4.11;ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Th.1.79
: c. inf., τῶν ἡ γνώμη ἔφερε συμβάλλειν whose opinion inclined to giving battle, Hdt.6.110, cf. 5.118; πλέον ἔφερέ οἱ ἡ γνώμη κατεργάσεσθαι his opinion inclined rather to the view.., Hdt.8.100, cf. 3.77.VIII carry or have in the mouth, i. e. speak of,πολύν τινα ἐν ταῖς διαβολαῖς φέρειν Aeschin.3.223
; use a word,οὐκ οἶδα καθ' ὁποτέρου τούτων οἱ παλαιοὶ τὸ τῆς ζειᾶς ἔφερον ὄνομα Gal.Vict.Att.6
, cf. 7.644, 15.753, 876; record an event,οἱ δευτέρῳ μετὰ τὴν ἔξοδον.. ἔτει φέροντες αὐτήν D.H.1.63
: more freq. in [voice] Pass., πονηρῶς, εὖ, φέρεσθαι, to be ill or well spoken of, X.HG1.5.17, 2.1.6;ἀτίμως ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων φ. Pl.Ep. 328e
; abs., φέρεται [the report] is carried about, i.e. it is said, c. acc. et inf.,τοιόνδε φέρεται πρῆγμα γίνεσθαι Hdt.8.104
(v.l.); ἐν χρόνοις φέρεται μνημονευομένοις is recorded as occurring within historical times, Str.1.3.15;ὅτε καὶ Δημόκριτος φέρεται τελευτήσας Sor.Vit.Hippocr.11
;κρίνομεν.. τὰ γραφέντα ὑφ' ἡμῶν προστάγματα ἐν τοῖς ἱεροῖς νόμοις φέρεσθαι παρ' ὑμῖν OGI331.60
(Pergam., ii B. C.); are in use,Ptol.
Geog.7.4.11; of literary works, to be in circulation,ἐπιστόλιον αὐτοῦ τοιοῦτον φέρεται Plu.2.808a
, cf. 209e, 832d, 833c, al., Jul.Or.6.189b, Gp.2.35.8, Eun.VSp.456 B.; πρόλογοι διττοὶ φέρονται Arg.E.Rh.; ὁ στίχος οὗτος ἔν τισιν οὐ φέρεται Sch.E. Ph. 377, cf. Sch.Il.8.557.2 of words, φέρεσθαι ἐπί τι to refer to something, A.D.Pron.61.5, Synt.21.14, al.1 before another imper.,φέρε γὰρ σήμαινε A.Pr. 296
(anap.);φέρ' εἰπὲ δή μοι S.Ant. 534
;φ. δή μοι τόδε εἰπέ Pl.Cra. 385b
; soφέρετε.. πειρᾶσθε Hdt.4.127
.2 before [ per.] 1sg. or pl. of subj. used imperatively, φέρε ἀκούσω, φέρε στήσωμεν, Hdt.1.11,97;φ. δὲ νῦν.. φράσω Id.2.14
;φέρ' ἴδω, τί δ' ἥσθην; Ar.Ach.4
;φέρε δὴ κατίδω Id. Pax 361
, cf. 959; φ. δὴ ἴδωμεν, φ. δὴ σκεψώμεθα, Pl.Grg. 455a, Prt. 330b, cf. E.Or. 1281 (lyr.), Ph. 276, etc.: less freq. before 2 pers.,φέρε.. μάθῃς S.Ph. 300
.3 before a rhetorical question,φέρε.. τροπαῖα πῶς ἀναστήσεις; E.Ph. 571
;φ. δὴ νῦν.. τί γαμεῖθ' ἡμᾶς; Ar.Th. 788
(anap.), cf. Ach. 541, Pl.R. 348c; φ. μῶν οὐκ ἀνάγκη .. ; Id.Lg. 805d; φ. πρὸς θεῶν πῶς .. ; Id.Grg. 514d; freq. in phraseφέρε γάρ, φέρε τίς γὰρ οὗτος; Ar.Nu. 218
;φ. γὰρ πρὸς τίνας χρὴ πολεμεῖν; Isoc.4.183
, cf. Antipho 5.36; alsoφ. δή Pl.Grg. 455a
, al.: usu. first in a sentence, butτὴν ἀνδρείαν δὲ φ. τί θῶμεν; Id.Lg. 633c
, etc.5 φέρε c. inf., suppose, grant that..φ. λέγειν τινά Plu.2.98b
; φ. εἰπεῖν let us say, D.Chr.31.93, 163, Porph.Abst.3.3;οἷον φ. εἰ. Iamb. in Nic.p.47
P., al. ( οἷον φέρε alone, Hierocl. in CA11p.439M.).X part. neut. τὸ φέρον, as Subst., destiny, fate, τὸ φ. ἐκ θεοῦ [καλῶς] φέρειν [χρή] ye must bear nobly what heaven bears to you, awards you, S.OC 1693 (lyr., codd., sed secl. καλῶς, χρή); εἰ τὸ φερον σε φέρει, φέρε καὶ φέρου AP 10.73
(Pall.).2 part. φέρων in all genders freq. joined with another Verb:a to express a subsidiary action, φέρων ἔδωκε he brought and gave, Od.22.146; δὸς τῷ ξείνῳ ταῦτα φέρων take this and give it him, 17.345; ἔγχος ἔστησε φέρων brought the spear and placed it, 1.127; σῖτον παρέθηκε φέρουσα ib. 139, al., cf. S.Tr. 622;τοῦτο ἐλθὼν οἴκαδε φέρων τῷ πατρὶ ἔδωκα Pl.Hp.Ma. 282e
, cf. R. 345b; soὁ μὲν Ἐπίχαρμον.. εἰς δέκα τόμους φέρων συνήγαγεν Porph.Plot. 24
; ἑκάστῃ ἐννεάδι τὰ οἰκεῖα φέρων συνεφόρησα ibid., etc.; sts. translatable by with,ᾤχοντο φέροντες τὰ γράμματα Th.7.8
.b intr., in pass. sense, to denote unrestrained action,νῦν σε μάλ' οἴω.. φέροντα.. φιλητεύσειν h.Merc. 159
; φέρουσα ἐνέβαλε νηΐ φιλίῃ she went and rammed, rammed full tilt, Hdt.8.87; ὅταν ἐπὶ θάτερ' ὥσπερ εἰς τρυτάνην ἀργύριον προσενέγκῃς, οἴχεται φέρον down it sinks, D.5.12;τὰ μὲν ἄλλα μέρη τοῦ πολέμου παρῆκαν, φέροντες δὲ παντὶ τῷ στρατεύματι πρὸς αὐτὸν Ἀκράγαντα προσήρεισαν
hurling themselves,Plb.
1.17.8;εἰς τοῦτο φέρων περιέστησε τὰ πράγματα Aeschin.3.82
; ὑπέβαλεν ἑαυτὸν φέρων Θηβαίοις ib.90, cf. 1.175, 3.143,146; in the foll. passages φέρων accompanies a Verb of throwing, giving, entrusting, or dedicating, and expresses wholehearted action, whether wise or unwise; there is always an accus., freq. of the reflex. Pron., governed by the principal Verb (or perh. by φέρων): ἐπεὶ ἐς τοὺς κρατῆρας ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἐνέβαλον (sc. ὁ Ἐμπεδοκλῆς ) when I went (or took) and threw myself.., Luc.Icar.13, cf. Fug.1, Plu.Comp.Arist. Cat.1, Fab.6, Per.12, Paus.1.30.1, Ael.VH8.14, Frr.10,69, Philostr. VA3.4;τὴν κατασκευὴν.. φέρων ἐδωρήσατο τῇ μητρί D.S.31.27
, cf. Ach.Tat.1.7;σεαυτὸν.. φέρων ἀπημπόληκας Luc.Merc.Cond.24
;τί παθόντες.. τοῖς ἀτέκνοις τῶν γερόντων ἐσποιεῖτε φέροντες αὑτούς; Luc. DMort.6.3
, cf. Ind.19, Laps.22; ταύτῃ (sc. τῇ ὀργῇ)φέρων ὑπέθηκεν ἑαυτόν Plu.Them.24
, cf. Per.7; , cf. Luc.6, Pomp.27, Ael.VH6.1, Max.Tyr.1.2;προσέθετο φέρων ἑαυτὸν ἐκείνῳ Eun.VS p.456
B., cf.pp.461,465 B., Dam. ap. Suid. s.v. Σεβηριανός; ἀλλὰ σοὶ μὲν, ὦ θεῶν πάτερ, ἐμαυτὸν φέρων ἀναθήσω Jul.Or.7.231b.3 ἔκκρισις.. ἐκ μικρῶν φέρουσα διαστημάτων occurring at short intervals, Sor.2.45.XI φέρειν, φέρεσθαι are freq. added epexegetically to δίδωμι and similar Verbs,δῶκεν.. τρίποδα φέρειν Il.23.513
, cf. 16.665, 17.131;τεύχεα.. δότω φέρεσθαι 11.798
, cf. Od.21.349, E.Tr. 419, 454(troch.).B [voice] Pass. is used in most of the above senses:—special cases:I to be borne or carried involuntarily, esp. to be borne along by waves or winds, to be swept away, φέρεσθαι ἀνέμοισι, θυέλλῃ, Od.9.82, 10.54, cf. A.Pers. 276 (lyr.), etc.; πᾶν δ' ἦμαρ φερόμην, of Hephaestus falling from Olympus, Il.1.592; ἧκε φέρεσθαι he sent him flying, 21.120; ἧκα πόδας καὶ χεῖρε φέρεσθαι I let go my hands and feet, let them swing free [in the leap], Od.12.442, cf. 19.468; μέγα φέρεται πὰρ σέθεν, of a word uttered, comes with weight, Pi.P.1.87;βίᾳ φέρεται Pl.Phdr. 254a
;πνεῦμα φερόμενον Id.R. 496d
;τὸ πνεῦμα κατὰ τὰς ἀναπνοὰς εἴσω τε καὶ ἔξω φέρεται Gal.16.520
;ῥεῖν καὶ φέρεσθαι Pl.Cra. 411c
;φ. εἰς τὸν Τάρταρον Id.Phd. 114b
; simply, move, go,ποῖ γᾶς φέρομαι; S.OT 1309
(anap.); , cf. E.Hec. 1076 (anap.), etc.; of the excreta,τὰ φερόμενα.. εἰ μὲν αὐτομάτως φέροιτο Philum.
ap. Aët.9.12;πρὸς κοιλίαν φερομένην Aët.4.19
: metaph.,εἰς τὸ λοιδορεῖν φέρῃ E.Andr. 729
;πρὸς τὴν τοῦ κάλλους φύσιν Pl.Phdr. 254b
, cf. X.Mem.2.1.4; ἐπὶ ταὐτὸ φέρονται have the same tendency, Phld.Vit.p.42 J.;ἀπὸ δογμάτων καὶ ἀπὸ θεωρημάτων φ. Vett.Val.238.30
; of veins, to be conveyed, Gal.15.531; also ἡ φερομένη οὐσία (the doctrine of) universal motion, Pl.Tht. 177c; οἱ φερόμενοι θεοί the moving gods, i. e. the stars and planets, Plot.2.3.9.2 freq. in part. with another Verb of motion, φερόμενοι ἐσέπιπτον ἐς τοὺς Αἰγινήτας they fell into their hands with a rush, at full speed, Hdt.8.91;ἀπὸ.. ἐλπίδος ᾠχόμην φερόμενος Pl.Phd. 98b
;ἧκε φερόμενος εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ φύσιν Aeschin.3.89
.3 of voluntary and impulsive motion,ἰθὺς φέρεται μένει Il.20.172
; ὁμόσε τινὶ φέρεσθαι come to blows with him, X.Cyn.10.21;δρόμῳ φ. πρός τινα Id.HG4.8.37
;φυγῇ εἰς ἑαυτοὺς φ. Id.Cyr.1.4.23
;ἥξει ἐπ' ἐκεῖνον τὸν λόγον φερόμενος Lycurg.59
;φερόμενος ὑπ' ὀργῆς D.H.Comp.18
.II metaph., καλῶς, κακῶς φέρεσθαι, of things, schemes, etc., turn out, prosper well or ill, succeed or fail,οὔτ' ἂν.. νόμοι καλῶς φέροιντ' ἄν S.Aj. 1074
;κακῶς φ. τὰ ἑαυτοῦ X.HG3.4.25
;εὖ φέρεται ἡ γεωργία Id.Oec.5.17
; ὀλιγώρως ἔχειν καὶ ἐᾶν ταῦτα φέρεσθαι to neglect things and let them take their course, D.8.67; less freq. of persons, fare well or ill, εὖ φερόμενος ἐν στρατηγίαις being generally successful.., Th.5.16, cf. 15;καλῶς φερόμενος τὸ καθ' ἑαυτόν Id.2.60
;φ. ἐν προτιμήσει παρά τινι D.S.33.5
;χεῖρον φερομένη παρὰ τἀδελφῷ J.AJ16.7.6
; of euphonious writing,σύνθεσις καλῶς φερομένη Phld.Po.5.26
.2 behave, ὑποκριτικῶς, ἀστάτως, etc., Vett.Val.38.20, 197.8, al.C [voice] Med.: for its chief usages, v. supr. A. VI. 3. -
14 ἄγω
Aἄγεσκον Hdt.1.148
, A.R.1.849: [tense] fut.ἄξω Il.1.139
, etc.: thematic [tense] aor. imper.ἄξετε Il.3.105
, inf. ἀξέμεναι, -έμεν, Il.23.50, 111: [tense] aor. 2ἤγαγον Il.6.291
, etc., opt.ἀγαγοίην Sapph.159
: [tense] aor. 1 ἦξα rare, , part.ἄξας Batr. 119
, inf. : [tense] pf. (Abu Simbel, vii/ vi B. C.), Plb.3.111.3, ([etym.] προ-) D.19.18, ([etym.] συν-) X.Mem.4.2.8; (Sigeum, iii B.C.), etc., [dialect] Dor.συν-αγάγοχα Test.Epict.3.12
; , J.BJ1.30.1, Alex.Fig.1.11, etc. (also in compds., ([etym.] εἰσ-) Ps.-Philipp. ap. D.18.39, ([etym.] κατ-) Decr.ib.73);ἀγείοχα PTeb.5.193
(ii B. C.), etc.; ἀγέωχα ([etym.] δι-) CIG4897d (Philae, i B. C.), PTeb.5.198 (ii B. C.), etc.: [tense] plpf.ἀγηόχει Plb.30.4.17
:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut.ἄξομαι Hom.
, Hdt., Trag.: them. [tense] aor. 1ἄξοντο Il.8.545
, imper. ἄζεσθε ib. 505: also ἀξάμην ([etym.] ἐσ-) Hdt.5.34, ([etym.] προεσ-) 1.190, 8.20: [tense] aor.2ἠγαγόμην Hom.
, etc., [ per.] 2sg. (Cret.):—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. , ([etym.] προσ-) Th.4.87, etc.; ἄξομαι in pass. sense, A.Ag. 1632, Pl.R. 458d, ([etym.] προσ-) Th.4.115, etc.: [tense] aor. 1ἤχθην X.An.6.3.10
, [dialect] Ion.ἄχθην Hdt.6.30
, part.ἀχθείς Hippon. 9
: [tense] pf. ἦγμαι Hdt 2.158, D.13.15; also in med. sense, v. infr. B.2.I lead, carry, fetch, bring, of living creatures, φέρω being used of things,δῶκε δ' ἄγειν ἑτάροισι.. γυναῖκα, καὶ τρίποδα.. φέρειν Il.23.512
; βοῦν δ' ἀγέτην κεράων by the horns, Od.3.439; ἄ. εἰς or πρὸς τόπον, poet. also c. acc. loci, νόστοι δ' ἐκ πολέμων ἀπόνους (sc. ἄνδρας).. ἆγον οἴκους A.Pers. 863
(lyr.);Ἅιδας.. ἄγει τὰν Ἀχέροντος ἀκτάν S.Ant. 811
(lyr.);ἄ. τινά τινι Od.14.386
;ἵππους ὑφ' ἅρματ' ἄ. 3.476
, cf. A.Pr. 465.b part. ἄγων taking,στῆσε δ' ἄγων Il.2.558
, cf. Od.1.130, S.OC 1342, etc.2 take with one,ἑταίρους Od.10.405
, cf. S.OC 832, etc.; τι Il.15.531, Hdt.1.70; of a wife, A.Pr. 559 (lyr.) (more usu. [voice] Med., q.v.).3 carry off as captives or booty, Il.1.367,9.594, A. Th. 340, etc.;ἄχθη ἀγόμενος παρὰ βασιλέα Hdt.6.30
; ἀγόμενος, i.e. δοῦλος, Archil.155, cf. E.Tr. 140, Pl.Lg. 914e; Δίκην ἄγειν to lead Justice forcibly away, Hes.Op. 220;ἡ ἐπιθυμία ἄγει Arist.EN 1147a34
; of a fowler,φῦλον ὀρνίθων ἀμφιβαλὼν ἄγει S.Ant. 343
: esp. in phrase ἄ. καὶ φέρειν harry, ravage a country, first in Il.5.484 οἷόν κ' ἠὲ φέροιεν Ἀχαιοὶ ἤ κεν ἄγοιεν, cf. 23.512 sq.; freq. in Hdt. and [dialect] Att. Prose:—in [voice] Pass.,ἀγόμεθα, φερόμεθα E.Tr. 1310
, cf. Ar.Nu. 241: more rarely reversed,φέρουσί τε καὶ ἄγουσι Hdt. 1.88
;ἔφερε καὶ ἦγε πάντας Id.3.39
: c. acc. loci,φέρων καὶ ἄγων τὴν Βιθυνίδα X.HG3.2.2
; ib.5; ἄ. alone, ravage, IG9(1).333 ([dialect] Locr., v B. C.): —but φέρειν καὶ ἄγειν sts. means simply bear and carry, bring together, Pl.Phdr. 279c; τὴν ποίησιν φέρειν τε καὶ ἄγειν, i.e. bring it into the state, Id.Lg. 817a, cf. X.Cyr.3.3.2.4 ἄ. εἰς δίκην or δικαστήριον, ἐπὶ τοὺς δικαστάς to carry one before a court of justice, freq. in [dialect] Att.,πρὸς τὴν δίκην ἄ. E.Fr. 1049
;ὑπ' ἐπίγνωσιν ἀχθῆναι PTeb.28.11
(ii B. C.); simply , etc.;ἐπὶ θανάτῳ ἄ. X.An.1.6.10
, etc.:—[voice] Pass.,ἐπὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε Ev.Matt.10.18
, cf. PTeb.331.16 (ii A.D.);φόνου ἄγεσθαι Plu.2.309e
.b [voice] Pass., to be confiscated, τὰ κτήνη ἀχθήσεται πρὸς τὰ ἐκφόρια (to meet the rent) PTeb.27.75 (ii B. C.).5 of ships, carry as cargo, import, [ οἶνον]νῆες ἄγουσι Il.9.72
, etc.; ἵνα οἱ σὺν φόρτον ἄγοιμι (i.e. σύν οἱ) Od.14.296.6 draw on, bring on,πῆμα τόδ' ἤγαγον Οὐρανίωνες Il.24.547
;Ἰλίω φθοράν A.Ag. 406
(lyr.);τερμίαν ἁμέραν S.Ant. 1330
(lyr.); ; ; .II lead towards a point, lead on,τὸν δ' ἄγε μοῖρα κακὴ θανάτοιο τέλοσδε Il.13.602
;κῆρες ἄγον θανάτοιο 2.834
;οἷ μ' ἀτιμίας ἄγεις S.El. 1035
: also c. inf., ἄγει θανεῖν leads to death, E.Hec.43: c. acc. cogn.,ἄγομαι τάνδ' ἑτοίμαν ὁδόν S.Ant. 877
(lyr.); ὁδὸς ἄγει the road leads, Heraclit.71, S.OT 734, Tab.Heracl.1.16, etc.: metaph., tend,ἐπὶ τὸ ἄκρον Pl.Lg. 701e
.2 lead, guide, esp. in war,λαόν Il.10.79
; ἄ. στρατιάν, ναῦς, etc., Th.7.12, 8.59, etc., cf. X.An.4.8.12; henceabs., march,θᾶσσον ὁ Νικίας ἦγε Th.7.81
, cf. X.HG4.2.19, etc.: simply, go,ἄγωμεν Ev.Marc. 1.38
; of the gods, etc., guide, Pi., Hdt., etc.;ἐπ' ἀρετήν E.Fr. 672
;διὰ πόνων ἄγειν τινά Id.IT 988
.3 manage,νόῳ πλοῦτον Pi.P.6.47
;πολιτείαν Th.1.127
; τὴν σοφίαν conduct philosophical inquiry, Pl.Tht. 172b; of reasoning,ἀγαγεῖν τοὺς λόγους Arist.APr. 47a21
; εἰς τὸ ἀδύνατον ἄ. ib. 27a15 (v.l. ἀπάγοντας):—[voice] Pass., to be led, guided, ; .5 bring up, train, educate,ἀγόμενοις ὀρθῶς Pl.Lg. 782d
;ἤχθη τὴν λεγομένην ἀγωγήν Plu.Ages.1
; of animals, train, X.Mem.4.1.3.6 reduce,ἐς βραχὺ τὴν ἀρχήν Hp. VM1
;ἐς τὸ ἥμισυ Id.Mul.1.78
; of propositions,εἰς ῥᾳδιξστέραν κατασκευήν Papp.1076.6
.III draw out in length, τεῖχος ἄ. to draw a line of wall, Th.6.99;μέλαθρον εἰς ὀρόφους AP9.649
(Maced.);ὄγμον ἄ. Theoc.10.2
; ἄ. γραμμάς to draw lines, Arist.Top. 101a16; ἤχθωσαν κάθετοι let perpendiculars be drawn, Mete. 373a11; ἄ. ἐπίπεδον describe a plane, Archim.Sph.Cyl.1.7, etc.:—[voice] Pass.,ἦκται ἡ διῶρυξ Hdt.2.158
, cf. Th.6.100; κόλπου ἀγομένου τῆς γῆς, i.e. when the land forms a bight, Hdt.4.99.IV hold, celebrate, Ἀπατούρια, ὁρτήν, Hdt. 1.147, 183 (more usu. ἀνάγειν); freq. in [dialect] Att.,ἄ. ἀγῶνα IG1.53.33
;θυσίαν, θεωρίαν Isoc.19.10
; ; , cf. LXX To.11.19 ([voice] Pass.);ἐκκλησίαν Plu.Aem.30
:—[voice] Pass.,ἀγοραῖοι ἄγονται Act.Ap.19.38
.2 keep, observe a date,ἄ. τὴν ἡμέραν ταύτην πάντα τὸν χρόνον Th.5.54
, cf. Men.521;κατὰ σελήνην τὰς ἡμέρας Ar.Nu. 626
; reckon,τοὺς ἐνιαυτοὺς καθ' ἥλιον Gem.8.6
.3 keep, observe,ὀρθὰν ἄγεις ἐφημοσύναν Pi.P. 6.20
;σπονδὰς ἄ. πρός τινας Th.6.7
; , etc.: c. acc., as periphr. for a neut. Verb, σχολὴν ἄγειν, = σχολάζειν, E.Med. 1238, Pl.R. 376d; ἡσυχίαν ἄ., = ἡσυχάξειν, X.An.3.1.14;ἄ. ἀπαστίαν Ar. Nu. 621
; κρύψιν ἄ., of stars betw. setting and rising, Autol.2.9; keep up, sustain, maintain,νεῖκος Pi.P.9.31
; γέλωτ' ἄγειν to keep laughing, S.Aj. 382;ἄ. κτύπον E.Or. 182
(lyr.); with predicate, maintain,ἐλευθέραν ἦγε τὴν Ἑλλάδα D.9.36
.4 of Time, pass,ἀπήμαντον ἄγων βίοτον Pi.O.8.87
; ποίας ἡμέρας δοκεῖς μ' ἄγειν; S.El. 266;ὁ βίος οὑμὸς ἑσπέραν ἄγει Alex.228
, cf. ὥραν ἄγειν to be ripe,τῆς γαστρὸς ὥραν ἀγούσης Philostr.VA2.14
; ὥραν ἦγε θανάτου Chor.p.38B.;τῆς ἡλικίας ἄγον τὸ ἄνθος Id.p.53
B.;τέταρτον ἔτος ἄγων καὶ τριακοστόν Gal.Lib. Propr.1
.V hold account, treat,ἄ. ἀρετὰν οὐκ αἴσχιον φυᾶς Pi.I.7(6).22
; ἐν τιμῇ ἄγειν or ἄγεσθαι, ἐν οὐδεμιῇ μοίρῃ ἄ., περὶ πλείστου ἄ., Hdt.1.134, 2.172, 9.7, etc.; θεοὺς ἄ. to believe in, A.Supp. 924; διὰ τιμῆς ἄ. τινά, etc., Luc. Prom.Es4, etc.;τὸ πρᾶγμ' ἄ... ὡς παρ' οὐδέν S.Ant.34
;τὴν Ἀφροδίτην πρόσθ' ἄ. τοῦ Βακχίου E.Ba. 225
;τιμιώτερον ἄ. τινά Th.8.81
;εὐεργεσίας εἰς ἀχαριστίαν καὶ προπηλακισμὸν ἄ. D.18.316
:—with Adverbs, ;ἐντίμως ἄ. Pl.R. 528c
, etc.:—[voice] Pass., .VI draw down in the scale, hence, weigh, ἄ. μνᾶν, τριακοσίους δαρεικούς, etc., weigh a mina, 300 darics, etc., D.22.76, 24.129, cf. Philippid.9.4, etc.;ἄ. πλέον Arist.Pr. 931b15
;ἄ. σταθμόν Plu.2.96b
.VII on ἄγε, ἄγετε, v.s. vocc.B [voice] Med. ἄγομαι, carry away for oneself,χρυσόν τε καὶ ἄργυρον οἴκαδ' ἄγεσθαι Od.10.35
; take with one, 6.58, E.Heracl. 808, etc.; of a ship's cargo, D.35.20; take to oneself,δῶρον Theoc.1.9
, cf. 11; take upon oneself,ἄγεσθαι ἐς χεῖρας Hdt.1.126
, 4.79.2 ἄγεσθαι γυναῖκα take to oneself a wife, Od.14.211;γυναῖκα ἄ. ἐς τὰ οἰκία Hdt.1.59
, etc.;ἄγεσθαί τινα ἐς δῶμα Hes.Th. 410
; simply ἄ. marry, Hdt.2.47, etc.: [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. ἦγμαι is used in this med. sense, J.AJ14.12.1; of the father, bring home a wife for his son, Od.4.10, Hdt.1.34; of a brother, Od.15.238; of friends of the bridegroom and bride, Od.6.28, Hes.Sc. 274: later in [voice] Pass. of the wife, PGnom. 138 (ii A.D.). -
15 ὅλος
ὅλος, η, ον, [dialect] Ion. [full] οὖλος, η, ον, as in Hom. (twice, v. infr.), Xenoph. (v. infr.), Parm.8.4, Hp.Acut.14, Carn.13, al. (but ὅλος in Hdt.2.126, 4.64,7.167, 8.113 (cf.Aἡμι-ολίας 5.88
), Hp.Epid.1.7, Herod.3.18,5.12, 6.7 (butοὖλος 8.56
) ; ὅλως dub. in Thgn.73 codd.):—whole, entire, complete in all its parts, of persons and things, ἄρτος οὖλος a whole loaf, Od.17.343 ; μηνὶ δ' ἄρ' οὔλῳ in a whole month, 24.118 ; οὖλος ὁρᾷ, οὖλος δὲ νοεῖ, οὖλος δέ τ' ἀκούει (sc. ὁ θεός) Xenoph.24 ; ὅλος ἑσπέρας ὀφθαλμός, i.e. the full moon, Pi.O.3.19 ; ὁ ὅ. χρόνος ib.2.30 ;τρεῖς ὅλους.. ἑκμήνους χρόνους S.OT 1136
; ἐπ' ὤμοις ὅλην πόλιν φέρων a whole city, E.Ph. 1131 ;ἐκπιεῖν ὅλον πίθον Id.Cyc. 217
;ὅλους ἐκ κριβάνου βοῦς Ar.Ach.85
;λαβράκιον ὀπτᾶν ὅ. Antiph.222.3
, etc. ; πόλεις ὅλαι whole, entire cities, Pl.Grg. 512b ; ὅλη ἡ πόλις, the city as a whole, Id.R. 519e ; ὅλους ποιητὰς ἐκμανθάνειν learn whole poets by heart, Id.Lg. 811a : it may either precede the Art. or follow the Subst., τῆς ἡμέρας ὅλης in the course of the whole day, X.An.3.3.11 ; δι' ὅλης τῆς νυκτός ib.4.2.4 ; ὅλην τὴν νύκτα or τὴν νύκτα ὅλην, Id.Cyr. 7.5.15, Men.67.2, Pl.Smp. 219c ;ὅ. τὸ δέρμα Men.498
;ἡ πόλις ὅ. Id.882
, etc.: less freq. between Art. and Subst.,τὸν ὅ. ἀμφὶ χρόνον Pi. O.2.30
;ἡ ὅ. ἀδικία Pl.R. 344c
;τὸ ὅ. πρόσωπον Id.Prt. 329e
;τῇ ὅ. φάλαγγι X.An.4.8.11
: joined withεἷς, ἡμέρας.. οὐχ ὅλης μιᾶς S.Ph. 480
;εἶδος ἓν ὅλον Pl.Ti. 56e
; withπᾶς, ὅλην καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν οἰκίαν Id.Lg. 808a
, cf. R. 486a ;πρὸς τῷ διακινδυνεύειν ὅ. καὶ πᾶς ἦν Plb.3.94.10
(so withoutπᾶς, οὕτως ἔκφρων ἦν καὶ ὅλος πρὸς τῷ λήμματι καὶ τῷ δωροδοκήματι, ὥστε.. D.19.127
) ;τὸ ὅ. αὐτοῖς ἦν καὶ τὸ πᾶν Ἀπελλῆς Plb.5.26.5
.3 entire, utter, ὅ. ἁμάρτημα an utter blunder, X.HG5.3.7 ; πλάσμα ὅ. ἐστὶν ἡ διαθήκη utter fiction, D.45.29.4 neut. as Adv., ὅλον or τὸ ὅ. wholly, entirely,διαφέρει ὅ. τε καὶ πᾶν Pl.Alc.1.109b
;διαφέρει ὅ. καὶ τὸ πᾶν Id.Lg. 944c
;ὅλῳ καὶ παντί Id.Phd. 79e
;τῷ ὅ. καὶ παντὶ διοίσει Id.R. 527c
;τῷ παντὶ καὶ ὅ. Id.Lg. 734e
;εἰς τὸ ὅ. Id.Plt. 302b
: with a Prep., κατὰ ὅλον on the whole, generally, opp. ἀπολαβὼν μέρος τι, Id.R. 392d ; so ; δι' ὅλου, καθ' ὅλου (v. διόλου, καθόλου) ;αἱ κράσεις δι' ὅλων Plu.2.1078c
, cf. 1078d: in this signf. also without a Prep.,τὸ μὲν ὅ.
generally speaking,Pl.
Phdr. 261a, D.44.11 ; τὸ δ' ὅ. and in general, in short, PTeb.33.16 (ii B. C.) ; οὐδὲ Φιλόξενον ὅλ' ἐξ ὅλων εὗρον I have entirely failed to find P., POxy. 936.20 (iii A. D.).5 = πᾶς, all,ὅλων στρατηγός S.Aj. 1105
, cf. Men. Pk. 225, Nonn.D.47.482, AP5.216 (Paul. Sil.), 7.679 ([place name] Sophronius) ; ὅλη πόλις every city, LXX 1 Ki.14.23 ; πρὸ τῶν ὅ. τὸ προσκύνημά σου ποιῶ before all things, PTeb.418.4 (iii A. D.) ;ἀσπάζομαι.. πάντας τοὺς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ ὅ. κατ' ὄνομα PLond.2.404.15
(iv A. D.), cf. PIand. 13.20 (iv A. D.).II as Subst.,τὸ ὅ.
the universe,Pl.
Grg. 508a, Ly. 214b, etc. ; differing from τὸ πᾶν, as implying a definite order, Arist.Metaph. 1024a3, cf. Pl.Tht. 204a sq. (but as not including void, Placit.2.1.7) ; alsoἡ τῶν ὅ. τάξις X.Cyr.8.7.22
.2 τὰ ὅ. one's all,τὰ ὅ. πεπρακέναι D.18.28
; τοῖς ὅ. ἡττᾶσθαι lose one's all, be utterly ruined, Id.9.64 ; in full,τοῖς ὅ. πράγμασιν ἐσφαλμένος Plb. 18.33.1
, etc. ; τοῖς ὅ., = ὅλως, altogether, Philipp. ap. D.18.39 : with neg., not at all, Phld.Rh.2.135S., Aristid.2.274,304J. ; τοῖς ὅ. ἠφάνισαν utterly destroyed it, PRyl.152.14 (i A. D.), cf. Aristid.2.262J. ; κινδυνεύει τῷ ὅ. ἐξαρθῆναι there is a risk of its being entirely carried away, PRyl.133.19 (i A. D.).III Adv. ὅλως ([dialect] Dor. [full] οὔλως Pempel. ap.Stob.4.25.52) wholly, altogether,ὅ. σοφόν Pl.R. 568a
;ἀλγοῦνθ' ὅ. Id.Phlb. 36a
; ὅ. ψεύδεται he speaks utter falsehood, Isoc.15.31, etc.2 on the whole, speaking generally, in short,ὅ. δ' οὐδεὶς ἔστιν ὅντιν' οὐ πεφενάκικ' ἐκεῖνος D.2.7
, cf. 14,al. ;διψῆν καὶ πεινῆν καὶ ὅ. τὰς ἐπιθυμίας Pl.R. 437b
, cf. Cra. 406a ; τί οὖν κωλύει πάντα ἀφῃρῆσθαι καὶ ὅ. τὴν πολιτείαν ; D.20.3 ;ὅ. εἰπεῖν Arist.Ph. 202b19
, etc.3 freq. with a neg. (first in Thgn.73, s. v. l.), οὐχ ὅ. or ὅ. οὐ not at all,ὅ. μὴ διαλέγεσθαι X.Mem.1.2.35
;ὅ. οὔτ' ἀφελὼν οὔτε προσθείς D.3.35
;οὔτ' ἐλεῶν οὔθ' ὅ. ἄνθρωπον ἡγούμενος Id.21.101
, cf. 46 ;οὐδὲ εἷς ὅ. Men.65.9
;μὴ ὄντος ὅ. τοῦ Σωκράτους Arist.Cat. 13b19
;μηδὲ ὅ. εἶναι τοὺς θεούς Luc.Tim.10
.4 actually, really,καλῶς ποιήσεις ἐλθοῦσα.. πρὸς ἡμᾶς ἵνα ὅ. ἴδωμέν σε POxy.1676.31
(iii A. D.) ; so perh. in 1 Ep.Cor.5.1. (ὅλ ([etym.] ϝ) ος from I.-E. *sólwos, cf. Skt. sárvas 'whole', and perh. Lat. salus, salvus.) -
16 εἷς
εἷς, μία, ἕν, gen. ἑνός, μιᾶς, ἑνός a numerical term, ‘one’ (Hom.+)① a single pers. or thing, with focus on quantitative aspect, oneⓐ in contrast to more than oneα. adj. μίλιον ἕν Mt 5:41; cp. 20:12; 25:15, 24; Ac 21:7; 28:13; 2 Pt 3:8. Opp. πάντες Ro 5:12 (εἷς ἄνθρωπος as Hippocr., Ep. 11, 2 [IX p. 326]; SHanson, Unity of the Church in the NT, ’46, 65–73 [lit.]). Opp. the nation J 11:50; 18:14 (cp. Oenom. in Eus., PE 5, 25, 5 μεῖον εἶναι ἕνα ἀντι πάντων πεσεῖν τὸν βασιλέα=it is a lesser evil when one, instead of all the citizens, falls, namely, the king).β. noun, Lk 23:16 (17) v.l. w. partitive gen. (Diod S 1, 91, 5 αὐτῶν εἷς; Jos., Vi. 204; Just., A I, 1, 1 al.) Mt 5:19; 6:29; 18:6; Mk 9:42; Lk 12:27; 15:21 v.l.; 17:2, 22; 23:39; J 19:34 or w. ἐκ (Maximus Tyr. 1, 6 ab ἐκ πολλῶν εἷς; Lucian, Somn. 9; Jos., Bell. 7, 47) Mt 18:12; 22:35; 26:21; Mk 14:18; J 1:40; 6:8; Ac 11:28 al. ὁ εἷς τῶν δώδεκα one of the twelve Mk 14:10 is a peculiar expr. (cp. BGU 1145, 25 [18 B.C.] ὁ εἷς αὐτῶν Ταυρῖνος; UPZ 161, 50; 54; PTebt 138; 357, 10).ⓑ in contrast to the parts, of which a whole is made up (Theophr. in Apollon. Paradox. 16 τὰ πολλὰ ἓν γίγνεσθαι; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ὠκεανός: γίγνεται ἐκ δύο εἰς ἕν; Just., D. 103, 5 ἐξ ἀμφοτέρων … ἓν ὄνομα). ἔσονται οἱ δύο εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16 (all three Gen 2:24). οἱ πολλοὶ ἓν σῶμά ἐσμεν we, though many, form one body Ro 12:5; cp. 1 Cor 12:12, 20; Eph 2:15. πάντες εἷς ἐστε you are all one Gal 3:28. ἕν εἰσιν 1 Cor 3:8; cp. J 10:30; 17:11, 21–23 (cp. 1QS 5, 2; Just., D. 42, 3 ἓν ὄντες πρᾶγμα). Also εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8 (Appian, Iber. 66 §280 ἐς ἕν=together, as a unity). εἰς ἕν J 11:52 (cp. 1QS 5, 7). ὁ ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἕν who has united the two divisions Eph 2:14.—MAppold, The Oneness Motif (John) ’76.ⓒ w. negative foll. εἷς … οὐ (μή), stronger than οὐδείς (Aristoph., Eccl. 153, Thesm. 549; X., An. 5, 6, 12; Demosth. 30, 33 ἡ γυνὴ μίαν ἡμέραν οὐκ ἐχήρευσεν; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 18) ἓν ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐ πεσεῖται not one of them will fall Mt 10:29 (Lucian, Herm. 28 ἓν ἐξ ἁπάντων); cp. 5:18; Mk 8:14; Lk 11:46; 12:6. The neg. rarely comes first Mt 5:36.② a single entity, with focus on uniformity or quality, oneⓐ one and the same (Pind., N. 6, 1 ἓν ἀνδρῶν, ἓν θεῶν γένος• ἐκ μιᾶς δὲ πνέομεν ἀμφότεροι; Dio Chrys. 19 [36], 6; Maximus Tyr. 19, 4a; cp. OGI 383, 59 [I B.C., the ruler’s statue is to be made of the type of stone used for statues of the gods]; Gen 11:1; 40:5; Lev 22:28; Wsd 7:6; Ar. 13, 5 μία φύσις τῶν θεῶν) ἐν ἑνὶ οἴκῳ in one and the same house Lk 12:52 (Diod S 14, 43, 1 ἐν ἑνὶ τόπω). Expressing unanimity ἐν ἑνὶ στόματι w. one voice Ro 15:6; τοῦ ἑνὸς ἄρτου one and the same loaf 1 Cor 10:17; εἷς ὁ θεός one and the same God (Amphitheos of Heracleia: 431 Fgm. 1b Jac. Διόνυσος κ. Σαβάζιος εἷς ἐστι θεός; difft. Ath. 10, 2 ἑνὸς ὄντος τοῦ πατρὸς καὶ τοῦ υἱοῦ) Ro 3:30; cp. 9:10; 1 Cor 6:16f; 12:9, 13. εἷς κύριος, μία πίστις, ἓν βάπτισμα• εἷς θεός κτλ. (cp. the three genders of εἷς consecutively in Simonides 97 Diehl2 ἓν πέλαγος, μία ναῦς, εἷς τάφος [of shipwrecked pers.]; Just., D. 63, 5 μιᾷ ψυχῇ … συναγωγῇ … ἐκκλησίᾳ) Eph 4:5f (NJklA 35, 1915, 224ff. The repetition of εἷς is like Herm. Wr. 11, 11; Epict. 3, 24, 10ff).—Rv 9:13; 18:8; Ac 17:26. ἐν ἑνὶ πνεύματι, μιᾷ ψυχῇ Phil 1:27; cp. Ac 4:32 (cp. Aristot., EN 9, 8, 2; Plut., Mor. 478c). τὸ ἓν φρονεῖν be of one mind Phil 2:2. συνάγειν εἰς ἕν unite, bring together (Pla., Phileb. 23e; Dionys. Hal. 2, 45, 3 συνάξειν εἰς ἓν τὰ ἔθνη; POxy 1411, 3 τῶν δημοσίων εἰς ἓν συναχθέντων; TestJob 28:5 τὰ χρήματα ἐὰν συναχθῇ εἰς ἓν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό ‘if all [our] valuables were brought together at one place’; Jos., Bell. 3, 518) J 11:52. τὸ ἓν καὶ τὸ αὐτό one and the same 1 Cor 12:11 (cp. Diod S 11, 47, 3; 17, 104, 6; Epict. 1, 11, 28; 1, 19, 15; Just., D. 123, 1 ἑνὸς καὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ … νόμου); cp. ἓν καὶ αὐτό τινι 11:5.—εἰς ἕνα τόπον in a place by itself (Jos., Ant. 6, 125) J 20:7.ⓑ (a) single, only one (Diod S 16, 11, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 44 §180 εἷς ἀνήρ; Maximus Tyr. 11, 6c μαντεῖον ἕν al.; Just., D. 141, 3 τῆν μίαν τοῦ Δαυεὶδ … παράπτωσιν) λόγον ἕνα Mt 21:24 (GrBar 5:1); Gal 5:14. ἕνα ἄρτον Mk 8:14. εἷς ἄρτος 1 Cor 10:17a (εἷς ἄ. is also the symbol of the unity of the Pythagorean fellowship: Diog. L. 8, 35; here Diog. L. adds that οἱ βάρβαροι hold the same view ἔτι καὶ νῦν). πῆχυν ἕνα Mt 6:27 (s. πῆχυς); ἓν μέλος 1 Cor 12:26; ἓν ἔργον J 7:21 (here, following ἕν, καί adds an indication of the greatness of the accomplishment, as Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 133 §555 ἓν ἐκ τῶν Καίσαρος ἔργων προὔθηκα …, καί). εἷς ἐστιν ὁ ἀγαθός Mt 19:17; ποιῆσαι ἕνα προσήλυτον 23:15; ἕνα εἶχεν υἱὸν ἀγαπητόν he had an only son, whom he loved dearly Mk 12:6 (εἷς υἱ. as Phalaris, Ep. 18). ὁ δὲ θεὸς εἷς ἐστιν Gal 3:20; cp. Mk 12:32; 1 Cor 8:4, 6 (v.l. adds to God the Father and Jesus Christ ἓν πνεῦμα ἅγιον κτλ. Cp. also Maximus Tyr. 11, 5a θεὸς εἷς … κ. πατήρ, κ. θεοὶ πολλοί and as early as Xenophanes, Fgm. 19 Diehl3 εἷς θεὸς ἔν τε θεοῖσι κ. ἀνθρωποῖσι μέγιστος [= Fgm. 23 Diels]); Js 2:19; PtK 3 p. 15, 20 (Herm. Wr. 11, 11; 14 εἷς ὁ θεός; POxy 1382, 20 εἷς Ζεὺς Σάραπις; Sb 159, 1 εἷς θεὸς ὁ βοηθῶν ὑμῶν; Philo, Spec. Leg. 1, 67; Jos., Ant. 5, 97 θεός τε εἷς; 8, 343, C. Ap. 2, 193; SibOr 4, 30 and Fgm. 1, 7; Ath. 6, 1 μονάς ἐστιν ὁ θεός, τοῦτʼ ἔστιν εἷς; 6, 4 ὁ θεὸς εἷς; s. EPeterson, Εἷς Θεός 1926; D. Monotheismus als polit. Problem ’35; additional reff. Horst, Ps.-Phoc. p. 151f). εἷς ἐστιν ὑμῶν ὁ διδάσκαλος Mt 23:8; cp. vs. 9. μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ a husband married only once (numerous sepulchral ins celebrate the virtue of a surviving spouse by noting that he or she was married only once, thereby suggesting the virtue of extraordinary fidelity, e.g. CIL VI, 3604; 723; 12405; 14404; cp. Horace, Odes 3, 14, 4; Propertius 4, 11, 36; Valerius Maximus 4, 3, 3; and s. esp. CIL VI, 1527, 31670, 37053=ILS 8393 [text and Eng. tr.: EWistrand, The So-Called Laudatio Thuriae, ’76]; s. GWilliams, JRS 48, ’58 16–29. For the use of μία in ref. to a woman: Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 346 D.: ὑπὲρ μιᾶς γυναικός=for only one woman; μία γυνή quite freq.: Diod S 17, 72, 6; cp. 1, 80, 3, where the phrase γαμοῦσι μίαν simply means that the priests married only once, not that they lead a strictly moral life, a concept for which Greeks never use the expression μιᾶς γυναικὸς ἀνήρ or anything like it; Hippostratus [III B.C.]: 568 Fgm. 1 Jac.; Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 95 §402; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ: Ath. terms a second marriage εὐπρεπής μοιχεία veiled adultery) 1 Ti 3:2, 12; Tit 1:6; others render husband of one wife (e.g. RSV in later printings; REB). Correspondingly ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς γυνή (cp. the exemplary conduct of Hannah [Anna] Lk 2:36; Paus. 7, 25, 13 the priestess of the earth goddess must be a woman who, before she became a priestess, was not πλέον ἢ ἑνὸς ἀνδρὸς ἐς πεῖραν ἀφιγμένη) 1 Ti 5:9.—Abs. 1 Cor 9:24; 2 Cor 5:14. μεσίτης ἑνός an intermediary for one alone Gal 3:20; cp. Js 4:12. οὐδὲ εἷς not even a single (X., Mem. 1, 6, 2, Cyr. 1, 3, 10 et al.; Sir 42:20; 49:14 v.l.; 1 Macc 11:70) Mt 27:14; Ac 4:32. Freq. at the end of a sentence or clause (ref. fr. comedy in ESchwartz, NGG 1908, p. 534, 3. Also Hermocles [IV–III B.C.] p. 174, 17 Coll. Alex.; Dio Chrys. 21 [38], 23; Ael. Aristid. 28, 156 K.=49 p. 542 D.; 53 p. 617 D.; Epict. 2, 18, 26, Enchir. 1, 3; Philonides in Stob. 3, 35, 6 ed. Hense III p. 688; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 59, 5 [39 A.D.]; Bel 18 Theod.; 1 Macc 7:46) Ro 3:10; οὐδὲ ἕν foll. by ἐὰν μή J 3:27. This is a good reason for placing the period after οὐδὲ ἕν J 1:3 (s. GBergh van Eysinga, PM 13, 1909, 143–50. EHennecke, Congr. d’ Hist. du Christ. I 1928, 207–19; Md’Asbeck, ibid. 220–28; REisler, Revue de Philol. 3 sér. 4, 1930, 350–71; BVawter, CBQ 25, ’63, 401–6; KAland, ZNW 59, ’68, 174–209; Metzger 195f; γίνομαι 2a), but the lack of inner punctuation in the older mss. validates consideration of alternative punctuation. οὐκ ἔστιν ἕως ἑνός there is not even one Ro 3:12 (Ps 13:3; Just., D. 103, 2 οὐδὲ μέχρις ἑνὸς ἀνθρώπου ‘not a single person’). μία εἴσοδος the only entrance Hs 9, 12, 6.—ἕν only one thing: ἔτι ἕν σοι λείπει you still lack only one thing (Jos., Bell. 4, 257) Lk 18:22. ἕν σε ὑστερεῖ you lack only one thing Mk 10:21; cp. Lk 10:42. ἓν οἶδα at least this one thing I know J 9:25. ἓν δὲ τοῦτο this one thing (Porphyr., Vi. Plot. 19; Just., D. 115, 6 ἓν δὲ μικρὸν ὁτιοῦν) 2 Pt 3:8.—ἓν δέ is a short interjectional sentence (like Xenophon Eph. 1, 5, 3 τοσοῦτο δέ•) just one thing! Phil 3:13 (AFridrichsen, ConNeot 9, ’44, 31f).—Gal 5:14 commercial imagery εἷς λόγος (just) one entry, one heading (cp. BGU 831, 13).ⓒ alone (οὐδεὶς) … εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ θεός Mk 2:7 (in the parallel Lk 5:21 μόνος ὁ θεός, cp. Herm Wr. 11, 11 εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ θεός … εἰ μὴ μόνῳ τῷ θεῷ); 10:18; 12:29 (Dt 6:4); Mt 23:10; Lk 18:19.—EBishop, ET 49, ’38, 363–66.③ an unspecified entity, some/one=τὶς, whereby εἷς can mean exactly the same thing as the indef. art. (Aristoph. et al. [Av. 1292 εἷς κάπηλος]; Περὶ ὕψους 33, 4 p. 62, 18 V. [the rdg. of cod. Paris], εἷς ἕτερος w. μή ‘for no other reason’; Strabo 5, 3, 2, 230c ἐπηγγείλατο ἕνα ἀγῶνα ἱππικόν; Syntipas p. 29, 3 μία γαλῆ; Appian, Liby. 117 §554 νυκτὸς μιᾶς=one night; Marc. Diac. 27, 5 ἐν μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ=on a certain day; SIG 1170, 15 [160 A.D.] μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ; UPZ 162 I, 27 [117 B.C.]; PAmh 30, 28 [II B.C.] Κονδύλου ἑνὸς τῶν ἁλιείων; BGU 1044, 6; Gen 21:15; Jdth 14:6; 1 Esdr 3:5. B-D-F §247, 2; Mlt. 96f; Rob. 674f; Mlt-Turner 195f; EBruhn, RhM 49, 1894, 168–71; JWackernagel, Syntax II2 1928, 151; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 104–6).ⓐ someone, anyone Mt 18:24; 19:16; Mk 10:17; εἷς ὀνόματι Κλεοπᾶς Lk 24:18. Oft. w. partitive gen. foll. (Alexis 220, 5; Diod S 20, 107, 5 εἷς τῶν φίλων; Epict. 4, 2, 9; Dio Chrys. 71 [21], 15 εἷς τῶν Σπαρτῶν; TestJob 26:6 μίαν τῶν … γυναικῶν; Jos., Ant. 9, 106) ἕνα τῶν προφητῶν (some) one of the prophets Mt 16:14 (a diminishing term? s. Reader, Polemo p. 257). ἕνα τ. συνδούλων 18:28. ἐν μιᾷ τ. πόλεων Lk 5:12. ἐν μιᾷ τ. ἡμερῶν on one of the days vs. 17; cp. 15:19, 26; 22:47.ⓑ as indef. art. (s. at 3 above beg.) εἷς γραμματεύς a scribe Mt 8:19. συκῆν μίαν a fig tree Mt 21:19; cp. 26:69; Mk 12:42. παιδάριον ἕν J 6:9 v.l.; ἑνὸς ἀετοῦ Rv 8:13; cp. 18:21; 19:17; ἄρχων εἷς ἐλθών Mt 9:18. εἷς στέφανος ApcPt 3:10; ἓν σῶμα AcPlCor 2:26.ⓒ used w. τὶς (Pla., Thu., et al.; Jdth 2:13) εἷς τις νεανίσκος a certain young man Mk 14:51 v.l. W. partitive gen. foll. (Trypho Alex. [I B.C.] in Athen. 3, 78a ἕνα τινὰ τ. Τιτάνων; Aesop, Fab. 300 H./30 P. and H-H.; Hierocles 27, 484; IG XII/5, 445, 12 [III B.C.] ἕνα τινὰ αὐτῶν; Ael. Aristid. 29, 14 K.=40 p. 755D.: εἷς τις τ. χορευτῶν) εἷς τις τῶν παρεστηκότων a certain one of the bystanders vs. 47 (on the v.l. without τις s. PDickerson, JBL 116, ’97, 302); also εἷς τις ἐξ αὐτῶν (Jos., Vi. 290) Lk 22:50; J 11:49.④ marker of someth. that is first, the firstⓐ perh. Hebraistic (cp. Num 1:1 ἐν μιᾷ τοῦ μηνὸς τ. δευτέρου; 2 Esdr 10:17; Esth 1:1a; Jos., Ant. 1, 29.—But s. also Lydus, Mens. 3, 4 W. τὴν κεφαλὴν τ. χρόνου οἱ Πυθαγόρειοι οὐχὶ πρώτην ἀλλὰ μίαν ὠνόμασαν; Callim., Fgm. 550 P. [482 Schneider] πρὸ μιῆς ὥρης=before the first hour of the day) is its use w. expressions denoting time instead of the ordinal number εἰς μίαν σαββάτων on the first day of the week Mt 28:1; cp. Lk 24:1; Mk 16:2; J 20:1, 19; Ac 20:7; also κατὰ μίαν σαββάτου 1 Cor 16:2 (cp. Just., D. 41, 4 τῇ μίᾳ τῶν σαββάτων ἡμέρᾳ; 27, 5 [here w. πρό and μετά resp., in accordance with Latin usage]).ⓑ not Semitic (Hdt. 4, 161 μία, ἄλλη, τρίτη; Ael. Aristid. 36, 40 K.=48 p. 453 D.: ἕν, δεύτερον, τρίτον, τέταρτον; JosAs 2:17) εἷς καὶ δεύτερος a first and second Tit 3:10 (cp. Alciphron, Ep. 1, 9, 2; Galen XII 746 K.: ὕδωρ ὄμβριον ἔγχριε μέχρι μιᾶς καὶ δευτέρας ἡμέρας; Maximus Tyr. 28, 2h μίαδευτέρα; EpArist 143; Jos., Ant. 11, 150; 16, 350 πεσόντος ἑνός καὶ δευτέρου). S. also ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ μία Rv 9:12.—ἓν τριάκοντα Mk 4:8, 20 is prob. to be considered an Aramaism thirtyfold (B-D-F §248, 3; EKautzsch, Gramm. d. bibl. Aram. 1884 §66, 2; JHudson, ET 53, ’41/42, 266f).⑤ special combinations:ⓐ εἷς … εἷς (Hom. et al. εἷς μὲν … εἷς δέ: X., Cyr. 1, 2, 4; Aristot., Rhet. 2, 20, 1393a; pap in Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 50, 11 and 13 [III B.C.] ἓν μὲν … ἓν δέ; II/2, 372 V, 14 [II A.D.] ὁ εἷς … ὁ εἷς; POxy 1153, 14 [I A.D.] ἓν μὲν … καὶ ἕν; 2 Km 12:1; Sir 34:23f εἷς … καὶ εἷς; Esth 10:3g δύο, ἕνα τῷ λαῷ … καὶ ἕνα τ. ἔθνεσιν; TestJob 51:3 μιᾶς ὑποσειμιούσης τῇ μιᾷ) (the) one … the other Mt 20:21; 24:40f; 27:38; J 20:12; Gal 4:22; B 7:6f. εἷς τὸν ἕνα one another (=ἀλλήλους) 1 Th 5:11 (cp. Theocr. 22, 65 εἷς ἑνί; TestJob 27:3 εἷς τόν ἕνα κατέρραξαν ‘threw each other to the ground’).ⓑ εἷς … εἷς … εἷς one … another … a third Mt 17:4 (cp. 1 Km 10:3; 13:17, 18).ⓒ εἷς ἕκαστος every single, strengthening ἕκαστος, adj. Eph 4:16. Mostly subst.; s. ἕκαστος b.ⓓ ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἕτερος the one … the other (Aristot., De Rep. Ath. 37, 1; Hyperid. 5, 14f; UPZ 161, 39; 43; 46 [119 B.C.]; PGen 48, 6ff μίαν μὲν … τὴν δὲ ἑτέραν; BGU 194, 15f; Esth 5:1a; TestAbr A 11 p. 88, 29 [Stone p. 24]; Just. D. 49, 2 al.) Mt 6:24; Lk 7:41; 16:13; 17:34f; 18:10 al.; also ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἄλλος Rv 17:10.ⓔ distrib. (1 Ch 24:6 εἷς εἷς; AscIs 3:27 εἷς καὶ εἷς καὶ εἷς ἐν τόποις καὶ τόποις) καθʼ ἕνα, καθʼ ἕν (Hdt., Pla. et al.; 1 Esdr 1:31; 4 Macc 15:12, 14; Jos., Bell. 4, 240, Ant. 12, 191; Ath. 25, 3 καθʼ ἕνα καὶ κατὰ ἔθνη) ITr 12:2; καθʼ ἕνα πάντες all, one by one 1 Cor 14:31 (cp. Ps.-Xenophon, Cyn. 6, 14). ὑμεῖς οἱ καθʼ ἕνα ἕκαστος each one of you Eph 5:33. καθʼ ἕν one after the other (hence τὸ καθʼ ἕν ‘a detailed list’: PLille 11, 8 [III B.C.]; PTebt 47, 34; 332, 16) J 21:25. Also καθʼ ἓν ἕκαστον (X., Cyr. 1, 6, 22, Ages. 7, 1; EpArist 143) Ac 21:19. ἓν καθʼ ἕν (Aesop, Fab. 274 P.; PLeid II, X 1, 22) each one Rv 4:8. In this pass. the second ἕν could be an undeclined nom. as in εἷς κατὰ εἷς (cp. Lucian, Sol. 9; 3 Macc 5:34. Other exx. in W-S. §26, 9; 11 and Wetstein I 627) one after the other Mk 14:19; J 8:9. τὸ καθʼ εἷς opp. οἱ πολλοί individually Ro 12:5; but κατὰ ἕνα = ἕκαστον Hs 9, 3, 5; 9, 6, 3 (B-D-F §305). ἀνὰ εἷς ἕκαστος each one Rv 21:21.ⓕ ἀπὸ μιᾶς s. ἀπό 6 (as idiom w. noun to be supplied Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 46, 15 [338 A.D.] μίαν ἐκ μιᾶς, i.e. ἡμέραν=day after day).—B. 937; 1007f. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
17 καιρός
-οῦ + ὁ N 2 55-61-70-167-134=487 Gn 1,14; 6,13; 17,21.23.26time Gn 17,21; opportunity 1 Sm 20,12; occasion Ex 8,28; season Gn 1,14; time of prosperity Nm 14,9;οἱ καιροί the times, the difficulties 1 Chr 29,30εἰς καιρόν in season, seasonably Sir 40,23; πρὸς καιρόν for a time Eccl 10,17; κατὰ καιρόν in time Nm 23,23; ἐπὶ καιροῦ in (his) time Dt 28,12; πρὸ καιροῦ before time, ahead of time Sir 51,30; εἰς καιρούς at set times Ezr 10,14; ἦλθον εἰς ὥραν καὶ καιρόν they came for a season and a time, they came for an appointed season Est 10,3h; ἀπὸ καιροῦ εἰς καιρόν from time to time 1 Chr 9,25; ἐν καιρῷ ἑνί at one time 1 Chr 11,11; ἐν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ at the present time Gn 29,34; κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον at that time, then (of the future) Gn 18,10; κατ᾽ ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρόν at that time (of the past) 2 Mc 3,5; ὁ καιρὸς τῆς ἐξοδίας τῶν βασιλέων time of kings going out (to war) 2 Sm 11,1; ἐν τοῖς καιροῖς in those critical times (mostly in neg. sense) Dn 11,14; μιᾶς ὑπὸ καιρὸν ἡμέρας within the space of one day 2 Mc 7,20; πολλοὶ καιροὶ διῆλθον a long time passed 1 Mc 12,10; ὅταν λάβω καιρόν when I shall seize the opportunity, when I shall take the occasion Ps 74(75),3; ὅτι καιρὸν ὑμεῖς ἐξαγοράζετε for you (are trying to) gain time for yourselves Dn 2,8; καιρὸς παντὸς ἀνθρώπου ἥκει the time of every man has come before me Gn 6,13*Is 50,4 ἐν καιρῷ in season-ְלֵעת for MT תוָּלע to sustain; *Ez 22,4 καιρόν time-עת for MT עד to, see also Ez 22,30cpr. χρόνοςCf. BARR 1969, 21-85; BURNS 1953, 20-22; DORIVAL 1994 55.58.318; EYNIKEL-HAUSPIE 1997, 369-385;GUILLAMAUD 1988, 359-371; HARL 1986a, 130.188; HARLÉ 1988, 188; LE BOULLUEC 1989 157.237;LEE, J. 1983, 83; ROST 1967, 129-132; SHIPP 1979, 290-292; TRÉDÉ 1984, xi-xvi; WEVERS 1990 130;1993 8.240; WILSON 1980, 177-204; →TWNT -
18 ἐπέχω
A , D. 45.88: [tense] aor. ἐπέσχον, imper. ἐπίσχες, inf. ἐπισχεῖν; poet. (lyr.),ἐπέσχεθον A.R.4.1622
: [tense] pf.ἐπέσχηκα Supp.Epigr. 1.362.12
(Samos, iv B.C.):— have or hold upon, θρῆνυν.., τῷ κεν ἐπισχοίης (v.l. ἐπίσχοιας)λιπαροὺς πόδας Il.14.241
, cf. Od.17.410; ποτῷ κρωσσὸν ἐ. hold it to or for.., Theoc.13.46; λόγον ζωῆς ἐπέχοντες (sc. κόσμῳ) holding it out like a torch, Ep.Phil.2.16:—[voice] Med., hold by,χειρός A.R.4.751
.II hold out to, present, offer,οἶνον ἐπισχών Il. 9.489
;ἐπέσχε τε οἶνον ἐρυθρόν Od.16.444
;κοτύλην.. ἐπέσχε Il.22.494
; εἴ ποτέ τοι.. μαζὸν ἐπέσχον ib.83, cf. E.Andr. 225; also γάλακτι δ' οὐκ ἐπέσχον οὐδὲ μαστῷ τροφεῖα ματρός I offered not mother's food with my breast, Id. Ion 1492: c. inf.,πιεῖν ἐπέσχον Ar.Nu. 1382
: abs., Id. Pax 1167:—[voice] Med., ἐπισχόμενος (sc. τὴν κύλικα) ἐξέπιεν having put it to his lips, Pl.Phd. 117c, cf. Stesich.7, A.R.1.472, Luc.Tox.37;ἐπὶ χείλεσι.. μαστὸν ἐπισχομένη Euph.92
; present a sum of money, τῇ πόλει Supp.Epigr.l.c.3 simply, hold, ([place name] Panticapaeum); of writings, contain, Philostr.VS2.24.2, cf. 2.9.1.4 enjoin, impose a task, c. dat. pers., Procop.Arc.17, Vand.1.8.III hold or direct towards,ἔπεχε τόξον σκοπῷ Pi.O.2.89
;ἄλλῳ ἐπεῖχε τόξα E.HF 984
:— [voice] Med., abs., ἐπισχόμενος βάλεν ἰῷ having aimed at him he hit him, Od.22.15.b intr., aim at, attack, τί μοι ὧδ' ἐπέχεις; why thus launch out against me? 19.71; in tmesi,ἐπὶ αὐτῷ πάντες ἔχωμεν 22.75
;ἀλλήλοις ἐ. Hes.Th. 711
;ἄνδρα ἐπέχοντα τῷ Πύρρῳ Plu.Pyrrh. 16
;ἐπέχειν ἐπί τινα Hdt.9.59
;τὰς ἐπὶ σφίσι ναῦς ἐπεχούσας Th.8.105
;πρός τι Plu.Ant.66
: c. dat., ἀκτῇσιν ἐπέσχεθον held straight for the beach, A.R.4.1766: abs., E.Ba. 1131.2 ἐπέχειν τὴν διάνοιαν ἐπί τινι direct one's mind to a thing, Pl.Lg. 926b;τῷ πολέμῳ τὴν γνώμην Plu.Aem.8
, etc.; also ἐ. ἑαυτόν τινι attend to him, Pl.R. 399b codd.b abs., ἐπέχειν (sc. τὸν νοῦν) intend, purpose, c. inf.,ἐπεῖχε ἐλλάμψεσθαι Hdt.1.80
, cf. 153, 6.96: c. dat. rei, to be intent upon, ταῖς ἀρχαῖς, διαβάσει, etc., Ar.Lys. 490, Plb.3.43.2, etc.IV hold back, keep in check,ἐπέσχε δὲ καλὰ ῥέεθρα Il. 21.244
;καὶ πῶς ἐπέσχε χεῖρα μαιμῶσαν φόνου; S.Aj.50
; ἐπισχὼν ἡνίαν ib. 847;ἐπίσχωμεν τὸ πλεῖν Id.Ph. 881
; ;οὐκ ἐφέξετε στόμα; Id.Hec. 1283
; χρησμοὺς ἐ. withhold them, Id.Ph. 866; ἐπέχειν τινὰ τῷ ξύλῳ keep him down with the stick, Ar. Pax 1121;τὸ εὐθέως ἐπιχειρεῖν Th.7.33
; confine, as the earth a corpse, AP7.461 (Mel.);ἐ. τῇ χειρὶ τὸ στόμα
cover,Plu.
Cat.Mi.28;ἐπέχομεν τὴν ἐκπνοήν Gal.6.172
;τὰς διαχωρήσεις ἐ. Id.Vict.Att.12
:—[voice] Med.,ἐπισχόμενος τὰ ὦτα Pl.Smp. 216a
:—[voice] Pass.,τοῦ βάθους ἐπεσχημένου J. AJ5.1.3
; to be prevented, hindered,ὑπό τινος PFreib.11.13
(iv A.D.); of the menses, Gal.1.184.b stay or adjourn proceedings,τὰ πρὸς Ἀργείους Th.5.46
; τὴν ζημίαν καὶ τὴν κατασκαφήν ib.63;τὴν δίαιταν D.21.84
; suspend payments, in [voice] Pass., PTeb.337.4 (ii/iii A.D.), cf. PGiss.48.11 (iii A.D.).cἐ. τινά τινος
stop, hinder from,E.
Andr. 160, Ar.Lys. 742, D.S.13.87: c. inf., σε μήτε νὺξ μήτε ἡμέρα ἐπισχέτω ὥστε ἀνεῖναι.. let them not stop thee so that thou neglect.., Th.1.129;ἐ. τινὰ μὴ πράσσειν τι S.El. 517
, Ph. 349; :—[voice] Pass., μηδενὸς ἐπεχομένου no objection being taken, PTeb.327.37 (ii A.D.).d impers., there is a hindrance,Astramps.
Orac.97.3.2 abs., stay, pause,Ἀντίνοος δ' ἔτ' ἐπεῖχε Od.21.186
; refrain, Hdt.1.32, 5.51, 7.139; εἰ δ' ἐφέξετον if you tarry, S.El. 1369, etc.: folld. by a Conj., esp. in imper., ἐπίσχες ἢν.. wait and see whether.., E.Supp. 397;ἐπίσχες ἔστ' ἂν.. προσμάθῃς A.Pr. 697
;ἐ. ἕως.. D.4.1
;μέχρι τοσούτου ἔως.. Th.1.90
; ἐπίσχες, abs., hold! stop! A.Ch. 896, S.OC 856, etc.;ἐπίσχετε, μηδὲ συρίξητε Timocl.2.6D.
;ἐπίσχετον, μάθωμεν S.Ph. 539
, cf. E. Hipp. 567; in part.,ἐπισχὼν ὀλίγον χρόνον Hdt.1.132
, al.; τὸ ἐπισχεῖν, opp. τὸ παραχρῆμα, Antipho 5.73; οὐ πολὺν χρόνον ἐπισχὼν ἧκεν came after a short interval, Pl.Phd. 59e; μικρὸν ἐπισχόντα διεφθείροντο they very shortly died, Thphr.HP4.4.13, cf. Diocl.Fr.43; in Th.2.81 οὐκ ἐπέσχον τὸ στρατόπεδον καταλαβεῖν did not halt for the purpose of occupying a camp (unless it, = ' had no intention of occupying').b c. gen. rei, stop or cease from,ἐπίσχες τοῦ δρόμου Ar.Av. 1200
;τῆς πορείας X.Cyr.4.2.12
;τούτου Th.8.31
; alsoἐ. περί τινος Id.5.32
, cf. 8.5: so c. inf., leave off, cease to do, X.Mem.3.6.10: c. part., cease doing,ἀναλῶν οὐκ ἐφέξεις Ar.Eq. 915
(lyr.), cf. E.Ph. 449.c as technical term of the Sceptics, suspend judgement, doubt, Str.2.1.11, Ph.1.387, S.E.P.1.196;ἐ. ἐν τοῖς ἀδήλοις Plu. 2.955c
;< πρὸς> τὰ ἄδηλα Arr. Epict.1.7.5
.3 [voice] Med., maintain reserve,ἐπείχετο [ἡ σύγκλητος] κατὰ τοὺς Ἀθηναίους Plb.30.19.17
(s. v.l.).V reach or extend over a space,ἐπτὰ δ' ἐπέσχε πέλεθρα Il. 21.407
; ὁπόσσον ἐπέσχε πυρὸς μένος so far as the fire reached, 23.238, cf. Hdt.7.19, Th.2.77, f.l. in Hp.Aër.5, etc.: [tense] aor. [voice] Med., ἐπέσχετο he lay outstretched, Hes. Th. 177; prevailed over..,Epigr.Gr.
793.5 ([place name] Apollonia);ἀφορία ἐ. τὸν βίον Longin.44.1
.VI have power over, occupy a country,οἱ Σκύθαι τὴν Ἀσίην πᾶσαν ἐπέσχον Hdt.1.104
, cf. 108, 8.32, Th.2.101, 7.62, etc.; of things, ἐπ' ὀκτὼ μῆνας Κυρηναίους ὀπώρη ἐ. occupies or engages them, Hdt.4.199;τὴν πόλιν ἐπεῖχε κλαυθμός Plu.Oth.17
; ὧν τὰς χρόας τὸἡμερινὸν φῶς ἐ.
overspreads,Pl.
R. 508c:κραυγῆς ἐπεχούσης τὴν ἐκκλησίαν D.S.13.87
; : generally, occupy, τὴν κρατίστην μοῖραν ἐ. hold the foremost place, Longin.9.1, cf. 44.12;ὕλης ἐ. τάξιν Stoic.3.27
;τὴν γῆν κέντρου λόγον ἐπέχουσαν D.L.7.155
, cf. Placit.3.Praef.;τὸν τέλειον ἐ. λόγον Gal.19.160
; δίκην ἐπέχειν ἡμᾶς φυτῶν we are like plants, MenoIatr. 6.18.2 abs., prevail, predominate,ἢν μὴ λαμπρὸς ἄνεμος ἐπέχῃ Hdt.2.96
; ; πάντῃ ἐπεῖχε γαλήνη Timo 63; [τῶν νεῶν] ἐπὶ πολὺ τῆς θαλάσσης ἐπεχουσῶν
being spread over..,Th.
1.50;τὴν [τύχην].., ἣ νῦν ἐπέχει D.18.253
;ἐτησίων ἐπεχόντων Plb.5.5.6
.b of Time, continue,τὴν θύραν ἐπεῖχε κρούων Ar.Ec. 317
; continuously,Pl.
Tht. 165e;ἐπὶ πλείους ἡμέρας ὁ σεισμὸς ἐπεῖχεν D.C.68.25
; σκότος, νὺξ ἐπέσχε, came on, Plu.Mar.20, Crass.30, etc. -
19 ἐπί
ἐπί, Thess. (before τ)Aἐτ IG9(2).517.14
(iii B. C.), Prep. with gen., dat., and acc., to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point.A WITH GEN.:I of Place,1 with Verbs of Rest, upon,καθέζετ' ἐ. θρόνου Il.1.536
;ἧστο.. ὑψοῦ ἐπ' ἀκροτάτης κορυφῆς 13.12
;ἐ. πύργου ἔστη 16.700
;κεῖται ἐ. χθονός 20.345
: without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ' ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (sc. σταθέντα)ἐλήλατο 10.153
; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ' ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, 1.46; ἐ. γῆς, opp. ὑπὸ γῆς, Pl.Lg. 728a: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ' ἵππων on our chariot, Il.24.356;οὐκ ἂν ἐφ' ὑμετ έρων ὀχέων.. ἵκεσθον 8.455
;ἄγαγε.. δῶρ' ἐπ' ἀπήνης 24.447
;ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης.. ὠχέετο Hdt.1.31
;ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ὀχεῖσθαι X.Cyr.4.5.58
;οὓς κῆρες φορέουσι.. ἐ. νηῶν Il.8.528
;πέμπειν τινὰς ἐ. τριήροιν X.HG5.4.56
, etc.;ἐπ' ὤμου.. φέρειν Od.10.170
; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, Numen. ap. Eus.PE14.7; βαδιοῦνται ἐ. δυοῖν σκελοῖν, ἐφ' ἑνὸς πορεύσονται σκέλους, Pl.Smp. 190d; ἐπ' ἄκρων ὁδοιπορεῖν walk on tiptoe, S.Aj. 1230; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support,νέρθε κἀπὶ γῆς ἄνω Id.OT 416
; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, X.An.1.8.9,3.2.36; but most freq., in, rarely in Hom., ἐπ' ἀγροῦ in the country. Od. 1.190;γᾶς ἐ. ξένας S.OC 1705
(lyr.);νήσου τῆσδ' ἐφ' ἧς ναίει Id.Ph. 613
;ἐ. ξένας δμωῒς ἐπ' ἀλλοτρίας πόλεος E.Andr. 137
(lyr.);οἱ ἐ. Θρᾴκης σύμμαχοι Th.5.35
;τοὺς ἐ. τῆς Ἀσίας κατοικοῦντας Isoc.12.103
; ἐπ' οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, Hdt.2.121.έ, Pl. Chrm. 163b;τοὺς ἐ. τῶν οἰκημάτων καθεζομένους Aeschin.1.74
;ἐ. τῶν ἐργαστηρίων καθίζειν Isoc.7.15
; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (sc. χώρας ) remain in statu quo, Indut. ap. Th.4.118;οἱ ἐπ' ἐρημίας λῃστεύοντες Jul. Or.7.210a
; later of towns,ἐπ' Ἀλεξανδρείας BGU908.16
(ii A.D.), etc.; sts. also, at or near, ἐπ' αὐτάων (sc. τῶν πηγῶν) Il.22.153;κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Ποσιδηΐου Hdt.7.115
; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, ib.6 codd.; τὰ ἐ. Θρᾴκης the Thrace- ward region, Th.1.59, cf. IG12.45.17, etc.; ποταμοὶ ἐφ' ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι.. on, i.e. near which.., X.An.2.5.18; ἐ. τῶν τραπεζῶν at the money-changers' tables, Pl.Ap. 17c; in Geom., αἱ ἐφ' ὧν AA BB [ γραμμαί] the lines AA BB, Arist.EN 1132b6, etc.; ἕλιξ ἐφ' ἇς τὰ ΑΒΓΔ a spiral ABCD, Archim.Spir.13 (cf. B.1.1k); also ἐ. τοῦ βάτου in the passage concerning the bush, Ev.Marc.12.26.2 in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, X.Ages.1.37; μένειν ἐ. τινος abide by it, D.4.9; ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐ. τοῦ πολεμεῖν εἶναι, to be engaged in.., Id.15.11, Prooem.1; ἐ. ὀνόματος εἶναι bear a name, Id.39.21;ἔχεται πόλις ἐ. νόσου S.Ant. 1141
(lyr.).b of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ' ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, Hdt.7.188; ἐ. προσπόλου μιᾶς χωρεῖν dependent upon an attendant, S.OC 746.c with the personal and reflexive Pron., once in Hom.,εὔχεσθε.. σιγῇ ἐφ' ὑμείων Il.7.195
; later mostly with [ per.] 3rd pers., ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, Hdt.2.2, cf. 8.32;οἰκέειν κώμην Id.5.98
;ἐ. σφῶν αὐτῶν αὐτόνομοι οἰκεῖν Th.2.63
;ἵζεσθαι Hdt.9.17
;ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν πλεῖν Th.8.8
; ἐπ' ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, Hdt.3.71, etc.;αὐτὴ ἐφ' αὑτῆς σκοποῦσα Th.6.40
; ; ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, Hdt. 1.142; alsoαὐτοὶ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν χωρεῖν X. An.2.4.10
; , cf. Sph. 217c; τὸ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν μόνον προορώμενοι considering their own interest only, th.1.17.d with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, X.An.1.2.15, etc.; ἐ. πεντήκοντα ἀσπίδων συνεστραμμένοι, of the Thebansat Leuctra, Id.HG 6.4.12; ἐπ' ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι, i.e. in a long thin line, Id.An.4.8.11; ; ἐφ' ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, X.Cyr.2.4.2, cf. An.5.2.6; rarely of the length of the line,ἐ. τεσσάρων ταξάμενοι τὰς ναῦς Th.2.90
; in X.,ἐγένοντο τὸ μέτωπον ἐ. τριακοσίων.. τὸ δὲ βάθος ἐφ' ἑκατόν Cyr.2.4.2
; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, v. infr. c.1.3; ἐ. φάλαγγος γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα is formed in column, An.4.6.6, etc. (but in E.Ph. 1467, ἀσπίδων ἔπι is merely in or under arms): hence, generally, ἐ. ὀκτὼ πλίνθων τὸ εὖρος eight bricks wide, X.An.7.8.14.e c. gen. pers., before, in presence of,ἐ. μαρτύρων.. πράσσεταί τι Antipho 2.3.8
;ἐξελέγχεσθαι ἐ. πάντων D.25.36
; so, before a magistrate or official,ἐ. τοῦ στρατηγοῦ POxy. 38.11
(i A.D.), cf. UPZ71.15 (ii B.C.), Ev.Matt.28.14;γράψομαί σε ἐ. Ῥαδαμάνθυος Luc.Cat.18
;τινὰ εἰς δίκην καὶ κρίσιν ἐ. τῶν στρατοπέδων προκαλεῖν Jul.Or.1.30d
;πίστεις δοῦναι ἐ. θεῶν D.H.5.29
; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is f.l. in D.19.243 (leg. ἔπη).f with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc., in the case of,ἐπὶ νούσων παντοίων ἐπύθοντο Emp.112.10
;ὁρᾶν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.3.9.3
;αἰσθάνεσθαί τι ἐ. τινος Pl.R. 406c
, etc.;τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν ἐ. τινος Hyp.Eux.32
;τὰ συμβόλαια ἐ. τῶν νόμων σκοπεῖν D.18.210
; ἐπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει ib.233, cf. 25.2 (v.l.);ἐφ' ἑνός τι παριδεῖν Lycurg.64
;τὰς ἐναντιώσεις ἐ. μὲν τῶν λόγων τηροῦντες, ἐ. δὲ τῶν ἔργων μὴ καθορῶντες Isoc.13.7
;οὐδεὶς ἐφ' αὑτοῦ τὰ κακὰ συνορᾷ Men.631
;ἀγνοεῖν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.2.3.2
; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject,λέγειν ἐ. τινος Pl.Chrm. 155d
, R. 524e, etc.;ἐπιδεῖξαί τι ἐ. τινος Isoc.8.109
; .3 implying Motion:a where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς.. ἐπ' ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, Il.10.80;ἐ. μελίης.. ἐρεισθείς 22.225
;τὴν μὲν.. καθεῖσεν ἐ. θρόνου 18.389
.b in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (cf.εἰς A.1.2
,ἐν A.1.8
), νῆα.. ἐπ' ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, cf.22.45;ἐ. τῆς γῆς καταπίπτειν X.Cyr.4.5.54
; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων ib.7.1.39;ἐπ' Ἀβύδου ἀφικομέναις Th.8.79
(v.l.); freq. of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place,προτρέποντο μελαινάων ἐ. νηῶν Il.5.700
;τρέσσε.. ἐφ' ὁμίλου 11.546
(but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, Od.3.171); ἐπ' οἴκου ἀπελαύνειν, ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρεῖν, homewards, Hdt.2.121.δ, Th.1.30,87, etc.; also with names of places,ἰέναι ἐ. Κυζίκου Hdt.4.14
;πλεῖν ἐ. Χίου Id.1.164
, cf. 168; ἀποπλεῖν ἐπ' αἰγύπτου ib. 1;ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἐ. Θεσσαλίης Id.5.64
; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, Id.7.193; ἡ ἐ. βαβυλῶνος ὁδός the road leading to B., X.Cyr. 5.3.45, cf.An.6.3.24.c metaph., ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, D.4.7;ἐπ' ἐλπίδος γενέσθαι Plu.Sol.14
; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, Th.6.34;ἐ. τοῦ ἀλύπως ζῆν
with a view to..,Pl.
Prt. 358b; cf. infr. B. 111.2.II of Time, in the time of,ἐ. προτέρων ἀνθρώπων Il.5.637
,23.332;ἐ. Κρόνου Hes.Op. 111
; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc., Hdt.8.44,6.98, etc.;ἐ. τῶν τριάκοντα Lys.13.2
;ὀλιγαρχία ἡ ἐ. τῶν τετρακοσίων καταστᾶσα Isoc.8.108
; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc., Hdt.1.15,65, 134, etc.;ἐ. τῆς ἐμῆς βασιλείας Isoc.3.32
; ἐπ' ἐμεῦ in my time, Hdt.1.5, 2.46, etc.;ἡ εἰρήνη ἡ ἐπ' Ἀνταλκίδου D.20.54
, cf. X.HG5.1.36;αἱ ἐπ' Ἀσδρούβα γενόμεναι ὁμολογίαι Plb.3.15.5
; ἐπ' εἰρήνης in time of peace, Il.2.797, 9.403;ἐπ' ἐμῆς νεότητος Ar.Ach. 211
(lyr.);ἐ. Λάχητος καὶ τοῦ προτέρου πολέμου Th.6.6
; ἐπ' ἡμέρης ἑκάστης v.l. for -ῃ -τῃ in Hdt.5.117.b later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, Luc.Asin.3; ἐ. τῆς τραπέζης, ἐφ' ἑκάστης κύλικος, Plu.Alex.23; ἐ. τῆς κύλικος, ἐ. τοῦ ποτηρίου, Luc.Pisc.34, Plu.Alex.53.III in various causal senses:1 over, of persons in authority,ἐπ' οὗ ἐτάχθημεν Hdt.5.109
; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, D.18.247; freq. in forged decrees, ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγός ib.38; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, τῶν ἱππέων, ib.116; ὁ ἐ. τῆς διοικήσεως ib.38 (but cf. c. 111.3); τοῦ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν is f.l. in Lys. 32.5;ὁ ἐ. τῆς χώρας στρατηγός Plu.Phoc.32
;οἱ ἐ. τῶν σιτοποιῶν καὶ μαγείρων Id.Alex.23
;ὁ ἐ. τοῦ οἴνου Id.Pyrrh.5
; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Lat. ab epistulis, his secretary, Id.Oth.9; cf. B. 111.6.2 κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, Hdt.4.45;ἐ. τινος μετονομασθῆναι Id.1.94
:ἐ. τινος τὰς ἐπωνυμίας ἔχειν Id.4.107
; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι ib. 184; alsoἐπ' ὀνόματος καλεῖν Plb.5.35.2
.3 of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ' ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, D.21.38, cf. 183;ἐφ' ἑκάστων Pl.Phlb. 25e
;ἐφ' ἑκατέρου Id.Tht. 159c
;ἐφ' ἑκάστης μαντείας D.21.54
; ἐπ' ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in.. ib.138; ἐ. τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τοῦ πράγματος ib.72, cf. 18.17;τὴν ἐ. τῆς πομπῆς καὶ τοῦ μεθύειν πρόφασιν λαβών Id.21.180
;ἐ. σχολῆς Aeschin.3.191
;ἐπ' ἀδείας Plu. Sol.22
;ἐπ' ἀληθείας Ev.Marc.12.14
, POxy.255.16 (i A.D.): hence in adverbial phrases, ἐπ' ἴσας (sc. μοίρας) equally, S.El. 1062 (lyr.);ἐ. καιροῦ D.20.90
; ἐπ' ἐσχάτων at the last, LXXDe.17.7 (v.l. ἐσχάτῳ) ; ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος for the present, SIG543.6 (Epist. Philipp.).4 in respect of,ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων Arist.Pol. 1280a17
, cf. EN 1131b18; concerning,τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῶν ἐνεστηκότα PTeb.7.6
(ii B. C.).B WITH DAT.:I of Place, upon, just like the gen. (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dat. is more freq.):1 with Verbs of Rest,ἕζεο τῷδ' ἐ. δίφρῳ Il.6.354
;ἧντ' ἐ. πύργῳ 3.153
;στῆ δ' ἐ... νηΐ 8.222
;κεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι X.An.1.8.27
; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (sc. βωμοῖς) Il.8.240;ἔβραχε χαλκὸς ἐ. στήθεσσι 4.420
;ἐ. χθονὶ δέρκεσθαι 1.88
, etc.: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, (v.l. for ἐν); ἐπ' ὤμοις φέρειν E.Ph. 1131
(but ἐφ' ἵππῳ, ἐφ' ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ' ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in,ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ Hdt.5.77
;τἀπὶ Τροίᾳ πέργαμα S.Ph. 353
;ἐπ' ἐσχάτοις τόποις Id.Tr. 1100
;ἐ. τῇ ψυχῇ δάκνομαι Id.Ant. 317
; also, at or near,ἐ. κρήνῃ Od.13.408
;ἐ. θύρῃσι Il.2.788
, etc.; of rivers, etc., by, beside,ἐ. ὠκυρόῳ Κελάδοντι.. 7.133
, etc.;ἐπ' ἐσχάρῃ Od.7.160
;ἐ. νηυσί Il.1.559
, etc.; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ' ἐπ' Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O., S.Tr. 356.b on or over, ἐπ' Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, Il.11.261, cf. 4.470; ; also, over or in honour of,ἐ. σοὶ κατέθηκε.. ἄεθλα Od.24.91
; [βοῦς] ἐ. Πατρόκλῳ πέφνεν Il. 23.776
; , cf. Lys.2.80; in [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.sepulchral Inscrr., Schwyzer 348,al.c in hostile sense, against, Hdt.1.61,6.74, 88, S.Ph. 1139 (lyr.), etc.; as a check upon,οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐ. τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37
, cf. 1271a39; also, towards, in reference to,ἐ. πᾶσι χόλον τελέσαι Il.4.178
;ἐπ' ἔργοις πᾶσι S.OC 1268
;δικαιότερος καὶ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ ἔσσεαι Il.19.181
, cf. S.Tr. 994 (anap.), etc.;ἐ. τοῖς δυνατοῖς ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην Democr. 191
; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, Pl. Smp. 210b; ἡ [παιδεία] ἡ ἐ. σώμασι, ἐ. ψυχῇ, Id.R. 376e; τἀπὶ σοὶ κακά the ills which lie upon thee, S.Ph. 806: in [dialect] Att. also, νόμον τίθεσθαι, θεῖναι ἐ. τινι, make a law for his case, whether for or against, Pl.Grg. 488d, Lexap.And.1.87;νόμους ἀναγράψαι ἐ. τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι D.24.5
; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι ib.70; τἀπὶ τῷ πλήθει νενομοθετημένα ib.123, cf. 142; τί θεσμοποιεῖς ἐ. ταλαιπώρῳ νεκρῷ; E.Ph. 1645.d. of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ' ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, Od.7.120;ἐ. κέρδεϊ κέρδος Hes.Op. 644
;ἄτη ἑτέρα ἐπ' ἄτῃ A. Ch. 404
(lyr.); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, S.Ant. 595, OC 544 (both lyr.).e. in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ'ἐ. εἴδεϊ καὶ φρένες ἦσαν Od.17.454
, cf. 308;ἄλλα τε πόλλ' ἐ. τῇσι παρίσχομεν Il.9.639
, cf. Od.22.264; ἐ. τοῖσι besides, 24.277;ἐ. τούτοις Him.Or.14.10
; so of Numerals,τρισχιλίους ἐ. μυρίοις Plu.Publ.20
, cf. Jul.Or.4.148c, etc.;γυναῖκ' ἐφ' ἡμῖν.. ἔχει E.Med. 694
: with Verbs of eating and drinking, with,ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ πίνειν ὕδωρ X.Cyr.6.2.27
; νέκταρποτίσαι ἐπ' ἀμβροσίᾳ Pl.Phdr. 247e
; esp. of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνονἐ. τῷ σίτῳ ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.11
;παίειν ἐφ' ἁλὶ τὰν μᾶδδαν Ar.Ach. 835
: metaph., ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ' ἄν; ἐ. βαλλαντίῳ; Id.Eq. 707; later ἐ. γογγυλίσι διαβιῶναι live on turnips, Ath.10.419a.g. in dependence upon, in the power of,τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κεῖται Pi.P.8.76
; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.inf., Hdt.8.29, etc.;ἐ. σοί ἐστιν ἀναζωπυρεῖν M.Ant.7.2
;ἐ. ἑτέροις γίγνεσθαι Th.6.22
; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, S.OC66, cf. Th.2.84; τὸ ἐπ' ἐμοί, τὸ ἐ. ἐκείνῳ, etc., as far as is in my power, etc., X. Cyr.5.4.11, Isoc.4.142, etc.;τὸ ἐ. τούτοις εἶναι Lys.28.14
; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, Leg.Gort.4.37.h. according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Lexap.D. 24.56;ἐ. πᾶσι δικαίοις ποιούμεθα τοὺς λόγους Id.20.88
;ἐ. προφάσει θηρός S.Tr. 662
codd.(lyr.).i. of condition or circumstances in which one is,ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐ. ἔργῳ Il.4.175
, etc.;ἐπ' ἀρρήτοις λόγοις S.Ant. 556
; (lyr.);ταύταις ἐ. συντυχίαις Pi.P.1.36
;ἐπ' εὐπραξίᾳ S.OC 1554
;ἐ. τῷ παρόντι Th.2.36
; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, v. αὐτόφωρος; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, X.Cyr.1.3.12, Thphr.Char. 3.2;ἐ. τῇ κύλικι Pl.Smp. 214b
;ἐ. θαλίαις E.Med. 192
(anap.).k. Geom., of the point, etc., at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ' ᾧ K Hippocr. ap. Simp.in Ph.64.14; ἡ [γραμμὴ] ἐφ' ᾗ HK the line HK, Arist.Mete. 375b22.2. with Verbs of Motion:a. where the sense of motion merges in that of support,ἐ. χθονὶ βαίνει Il.4.443
;θεῖναι ἐ. γούνασιν 6.92
;καταθέσθαι ἐ. γαίῃ 3.114
; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ.ψαμάθοις 23.853
;ἐ. φρεσὶ θῆκε 1.55
; δυσφόρους ἐπ' ὄμμασι γνώμαςβαλεῖν S.Aj.51
, etc.b. in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ' ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, Il.2.89; ἐκ.. βαῖνον ἐ.ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης Od.15.499
;καθεῖσεν ἐ. Σκαμάνδρῳ Il.5.36
; ἦλθε δ'ἐ. Κρήτεσσι 4.251
, cf. 273;νῆες εἰρύατ'.. ἐ. θινὶ θαλάσσης 4.248
.c. rarely for εἰς c.acc.,νηυσὶν ἔ. γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν 5.327
, 11.274.d. in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, 5.240, 8.110; ἐ. τινι ἱέναι βέλος, ἰθύνεσθαι ὀϊστόν, 1.382, Od.22.8; ἐ. τοιἈκράγαντι τανύσαις Pi.O.2.91
;ἐ. Τυδεΐδῃ ἐτιταίνετο.. τόξα Il.5.97
;ἐφ' Ἕκτορι.. ἀκοντίσσαι 16.358
;κύνας.. σεύῃ ἐπ' ἀγροτέρῳ συΐ 11.293
;ὡρμήθησαν ἐπ' ἀνδράσιν Od.10.214
, cf. E.Ph. 1379, etc.: also ἐ. τινιτετάχθαι Th.2.70
, 3.13;ὅστις φάρμακα δηλητήρια ποιοῖ ἐ. Τηΐοισιν SIG37.2
(Teos, v B.C.).II. of Time, rarely, and never in good [dialect] Att., exc. in sense of succession (infr. 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, Il.8.529;ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ, αἱ δ' ἐ. νυκτί Hes.Op. 102
; ἐπ' ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, Il.13.234; ἐπ' ἤματι for to-day, 19.229, 10.48, Od.2.284; αἰεὶ ἐπ' ἤματι every day, 14.105;ἐπ' ἡμέρῃ ἑκάστῃ Hdt.4.112
, 5.53, cf. D.S. 34/5.2.1;ὁ ἥλιος νέος ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ ἐστίν Heraclit.6
;ἐ. τρίς Act.Ap.10.16
, PHolm.1.18.2. of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the 16th of the month, Chron. ap. D.18.155, Decr.ib.181 ( δεκάτῃ codd.); τετράδιἐ. δέκα IG12.304.62
; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα ib.22.1361.19; ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοισι, = Lat. re peracta, Hdt.4.164, etc.; ἐ. τινι ἀγορεύειν, ἀνίστασθαι, E.Or. 898, 902, X.Cyr.2.3.7, etc.;ἐ. διεφθαρμένοισι Ἴωσι Hdt.1.170
, τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Lat. quod superest, Id.9.78, cf. Th.1.65, A.Ag. 255, etc.;τοὐπὶ τῷδε πῆμα E.Hipp. 855
(lyr.), etc.3. in the time of (cf. A. 11) only in Arc., A 21, cf. 666 (Orchom.).III. in various causal senses:1. of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε' ἐπ' αὐτῇ for her, Il.21.585; ἐ. σοὶ μάλα πόλλ' ἔπαθον for thee, 9.492: freq. with Verbs expressing some mental affection,ἐπὶ παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit.87
; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, Pl.Prt. 342d, X.HG3.4.11, etc.; χλιδᾶν ἐ . τινι S.El. 360; ἀγάλλεσθαι, ἀγανακτεῖν ἐ. τοῖς παροῦσι, X.An.2.6.26, Isoc.4.122;ὀνομαστὸς ἐ. τινι γεγονέναι X.Mem.1.2.61
; also ἐφ' αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, D.21.105; πληγὰς λαμβάνεινἐ. τινι X.Cyr.1.3.16
;ζημιοῦσθαι ἐ. τινι D.24.122
, etc.: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ' ἀρωγῇ with favour, Il.23.574;δολίῃ ἐ. τέχνῃ Hes. Th. 540
;ἐ. μιῇ αἰτίῃ ἀνήκεστον πάθος ἔρδειν Hdt.1.137
, etc.; ἐ . κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, Th.1.37; ἐπ' εὐνοία, ἐπ' ἔχθρα, D. 18.273, 21.55; ἐπ' ἀγαθῇ ἐλπίδι with.., X.Mem.2.1.18, cf. Ep.Rom. 4.18; ἐφ' ἑκατέροις in both cases, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Xenoph.34.4; ἐ.δάκρυσί τινα καταστένειν E. Tr. 315
(lyr.); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis Chr. 31 vI (ii B.C.), etc.2. of an end or purpose,υἱὸν ἐ. κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι Il.5.154
, cf. 9.482; ἐ. δόρπῳ for supper, Od.18.44;ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου σίδηρος ἀνεύρηται Hdt.1.68
;ἐ. διαφθορῇ Id.4.164
;ἐ. σῷ καιρῷ S.Ph. 151
(lyr.);ἐ. τῷ κέρδει X.Mem.1.2.56
; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, Hdt.9.37, 3.119, cf.1.109, X.An.1.6.10;ἐ. θανάτῳ συλλαβεῖν Isoc.4.154
; ἐπ' ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, Hdt.5.6; χρηστηριάζεσθαι ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ with a view to gaining.., Id.1.66;ἐ. τούτοις ἐθύσαντο X.An.3.5.18
;ἐ. τῷ ὑβρίζεσθαι Th.1.38
, cf.34, etc.;τι κακοτεχνεῖν ἐ. αἰσχύνῃ τοῦ ἀνδρός PEleph.1.6
(iv B.C.).3. of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, Hdt.1.60, etc.;ἐ. τοῖσδε, ὥστε.. Th.3.114
; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ' ᾧτε on condition that.., Hdt.3.83, cf. 7.158: in orat. obliq., ἐπ' or ἐφ' ᾧτε folld. by inf., Id.1.22, 7.154, X.HG2.2.20;ἐφ' ᾧ μηδὲν κακὸν ποιήσουσιν Th.1.126
(but ἐφ' ᾧ = wherefore, Ep.Rom.5.12); ἐπ' οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, Hdt.3.38; but, for no adequate reason, D. 21.132; ἐπ' ἴσῃ τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἴσῃ καὶ ὁμοίᾳ, on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, Th.1.27; ἐ. ῥητοῖς, v. ῥητός; also of a woman's dowry,τὴν μητέρα ἐγγυᾶν ἐ. ταῖς ὀγδοήκοντα μναῖς D.28.16
; γῆμαίτινα ἐ. δέκα ταλάντοις And.4.13
;τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα ἐ. τῇ τυραννίδι Hdt.1.60
; on the principle of..,ἐ. τῷ μὴ λυπεῖν ἀλλήλους Th.1.71
.4. of the price for which..,ἔργον τελέσαι δώρῳ ἔ. μεγάλῳ Il.10.304
, cf. 21.445; ἐ. τίνι χρήματι; Hdt.3.38; ἐ. πόσῳ; Pl.Ap. 41a; ἐ .ταλάντῳ χρυσίου Ar.Av. 154
; ἐπ' ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, D.19.182, 24.200;ἐ. χρήμασι λυμαίνεσθαι Id.19.332
;ἐ. πολλῷ ἐρρᾳθυμηκότες Id.1.15
; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις ibid.; ἐ. δραχμῇ δανείζειν lend at 12 per cent., Id.27.9; ἐπ' ὀκτὼ ὀβολοῖς τὴν μνᾶν τοῦ μηνὸς ἑκάστου δανείζειν, i.e. at 16 per cent., Id.53.13;ἐ. διακοσίαις εἴκοσι πέντε τὰς χιλίας
for per mille, i.e. 22.5 per cent., Syngr. ap. eund.35.10; also of the security on which money is borrowed,δανείζειν ἐ. ἀνδραπόδοις Id.27.27
; ἐπ' οἴνουκεραμίοις τρισχιλίοις Id.35.18
;ἐ. νηΐ Id.56.3
;δανείζειν ἐ. τοῖς σώμασιν Arist.Ath.9.1
, cf. 2.2, D.H.4.9.5. of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται..ἐ. τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς Parm.9.2
;ἐ. τῇ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔχθρᾳ στάσις κέκληται Pl.R. 470b
; soὄνομα κεῖται ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.2.2.12
; ὄνομα καλεῖνἐ. τινι Pl.Sph. 218c
, cf. 244b; πότερον ταῦτα, πέντε ὀνόματα ὄντα, ἐ.ἑνὶ πράγματί ἐστι Id.Prt. 349b
(v. supr. A. 111.2).6. of persons in authority, ὅς μ' ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, Od.20.209, cf. 221;ποιμαίνειν ἐπ' ὄεσσι Il.6.25
;οὖρον κατέλειπον ἐ. κτεάτεσσιν Od.15.89
;σημαίνειν ἐ. δμῳῇσι 22.427
; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳστρατεύματι Th.6.29
;ἐ. ταῖς ναυσίν X.HG1.5.11
;οἱ ἐ. ταῖς μηχαναῖς Id.Cyr.6.3.28
; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις ib.33;οἱ ἐ. τοῖς πράγμασιν ὄντες D. 9.2
;ἐ. θυγατρὶ.. γαμεῖν ἄλλην γυναῖκα Hdt.4.154
.7. in possession of, possessing,ἐ. τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μένειν Th.4.105
, cf. 8.86; ζῆν ἐ. παιδίοις, τελευτᾶν ἐ. παιδὶ γνησίῳ, Alciphr.1.3, Philostr.VS2.12.2;ἐ. παισὶ διαδόχοις Hdn.4.2.1
;ἀποθανεῖν ἐ. κληρονόμοις ταῖς θυγατράσι Artem.1.78
, cf. PMeyer6.22 (ii A.D.);ἐ. μόνῳ παιδὶ σαλεύειν Hld. 1.9
.C. WITH Acc.:I. of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion,ἐ. πύργον ἔβη Il.6.386
, cf. 12.375; ἐ. τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶνὀρέων ἀναβαίνειν Hdt.1.131
;προελθεῖν ἐ. βῆμα Th.2.34
; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, Pl.R. 467e, X.An.3.4.35; also ἐξ ἵππωνἀποβάντες ἐ. χθόνα Il.3.265
; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, 6.43;ἐ. θρόνον.. ἕζετο 8.442
; ὤμω.. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, 2.218;Ὀδυσσῆ' εἷσαν ἐ. σκέπας Od.6.212
;θέσθαι ἐ. τὰ γόνατα X.An.7.3.23
;ἐπ' ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα καθεύδειν Aeschin.Socr.54
; ἐ. κεφαλήν head- foremost, Pl.R. 553b, Luc.Pisc.48 (v. κεφαλή): less freq. than ἐπί with gen. or dat.b. Geom., αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.8; κάθετος ἐ. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος).2. to,ἦλθε θοὰς ἐ. νῆας Il.1.12
, etc.; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων ib. 440; ἴθυσαν δ' ἐ.τεῖχος 12.443
;ἐ. τέρμ' ἀφίκετο S.Aj.48
;ἡ [ὁδὸς] ἐ. Σοῦσα φέρει X. An.3.5.15
;ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Πυλῶν ἐ. τὸ Ποσειδώνιον Th.4.118
; ἐ.τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79
: c.acc. pers.,βῆ δ' ἄρ' ἐπ' Ἀτρεΐδην Il.2.18
, cf. 10.18,85, 150, etc.: sts. in pregn. constr. with Verbs of Rest,ἐπιστῆναι ἐ. τὰς θύρας Pl.Smp. 212d
;παρεῖναι ἐ. τὸν τάφον Th.2.34
, cf. X.Cyr.3.3.12.b. metaph., ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, Il.3.422, Od.2.127;ἰέναι ἐ. τὸν ἔπαινον Th.2.36
;ἐ. συμφορὴν ἐμπεσεῖν Hdt.7.88
codd.; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, D.33.12, Docum. ap. eund.45.31; ἡ ἐγγύη ἡ ἐ. τὴντράπεζαν D.33.10
; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως ib.24; also εἰσποιηθῆναι ἐ. τὸ ὄνομά τινος to be entered under his name, Id.44.36.c. up to, as far as ( μέχρι ἐ. X.An.5.1.[1]),παρατείνειν ἐπ' Ἡρακλέας στήλας Hdt.4.181
;ἐ. θάλασσαν καθήκειν Th.2.27
,97: metaph., ἐ. πείρατ' ἀέθλωνἤλθομεν Od.23.248
; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield 200- fold, Hdt. 1.193; in measurements,πλέον ἢ ἐ. δύο στάδια X.Cyr.7.5.8
, An.6.2.2; ὅσον ἐ. εἴκοσι σταδίους ib.6.4.5, cf. 1.7.15: freq. with a neut. Adj. or Pron.,τόσσον τίς τ' ἐπιλεύσσει ὅσον τ' ἐ. λᾶαν ἵησιν Il.3.12
; ὅσσονἔφ' 2.616
, cf. 15.358; ἐ. τοσοῦτό γε φρονέω,.. ταύτην μηδὲν σίνεσθαι I am prudent enough, not to.., Hdt.6.97;ἐ. ὅσον δεῖ Th.7.66
; ἐ.πάντ' ἀφίξομαι S.OT 265
;ἐ. πᾶν ἐλθεῖν X.An.3.1.18
; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατονἀγῶνος ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92
; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, ib. 117, S.Ph. 259;ἐ. μέγα χωρεῖν δυνάμεως Th.1.118
; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, Id.4.41, 1.1, Hdt.4.16, 192; ἐ. σμικρόν, ἐ. βραχύ, a little way, a little, S. El. 414, Th.1.118; ἐπ' ἔλαττον, ἐπ' ἐλάχιστον, Pl.Phd. 93b, Th.1.70; ἐπ' ὀλίγον, ἐ. πολλά, Pl.Sph. 254b; ἐ. πλέον still more, Hdt.2.171, 5.51, Th.2.51; rarely with Advs.,ἐ. μᾶλλον Hdt.1.94
, 4.181.d. before, into the presence of (cf. A. 1.2e),ἦγον δή μιν ἐ. τὰ κοινά Id.3.156
(but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, Id.8.79);ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε Ev.Matt.10.18
.e. in Military phrases (cf. A. 1.2d), ἐπ' ἀσπίδας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν ἐτάξαντο, i.e. twenty-five in file, Th.4.93; dub. in X., as ἐ. πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι many in file, An.4.8.11 codd.;ἐπ' ὀλίγον τὸ βάθος γίγνεσθαι Cyr.7.5.2
codd.; for ἐ. κέρας v. infr.3.3. of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ' ἀριστερά, to the right or left, Il.7.238, 12.240, Od.3.171, Hdt.6.33, etc.; ἐ. τὰ ἕτερα or ἐ. θάτερα, Id.5.74, Th.1.87, etc.; ἐ. τὰ μακρότερα , βραχύτερα, on the longer, shorter side, Hdt.1.50; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα νοέων both ways, Id.8.22;ἐπ' ἀμφότερα μαχᾶν τάμνειν τέλος Pi.O.13.57
, etc.; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, Isoc.7.80; ἐ. ἐκεῖνα, v. ἐπέκεινα; ἐφ' ἕν, ἐ. δύο, ἐ. τρία, of space, in one, two, three dimensions, Arist.de An. 404b23, Plot.6.3.13; in Military phrases, ἐ. δόρυ ἀναστρέψαι ,ἐ. ἀσπίδα μεταβαλέσθαι, to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, X.An.4.3.29, Cyr.7.5.6; ἐ. πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν, etc., retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, Id.An.5.2.32; so ἐ. κέρας or ἐ. κέρως πλεῖν, etc., sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v. ): metaph., ἐ. τὸ μεῖζον κοσμῆσαι, δεινῶσαι, etc., with exaggeration, Th.1.10, 8.74, etc.;ἐ. τὸ πλέον ἀγγέλλεσθαι Id.6.34
; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον ib.83; ἐ. τὰ γελοιότερα ἐπαινέσαι so as to provoke laughter, Pl. Smp. 214e; ἐ. τὰ καλλίω, ἐ. τὰ αἰσχίονα, Id.Plt. 293e; ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον καὶ κάλλιον, ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τὸ αἴσχιον, Id.R. 381b; ἐ. τὸ ἄμεινον Orac. ap. D.43.66.4. in hostile sense, against,ἰέναι ἐ. νέας Il. 13.101
;ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτούς 5.590
; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, Hdt. 1.71,77, Th.1.26, etc.;ἰέναι ἐ. φάτιν S.OT 495
(lyr.); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσἈθηναίους Th.2.90
;πέμπειν στρατηγὸν ἐ. τινας Hdt.1.153
; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against.., X.An.7.8.21; ἐφ' ὑμᾶς to your prejudice, D.6.33, 10.57.5. of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, Il.10.27: ἐπ' εὐρέα νῶταθαλάσσης 2.159
;ἐ. κύματα 13.27
; ; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, 7.88, 5.771;ἐ. πολλὰ δ' ἀλήθην Od. 14.120
;ἄγοισι.. Ἀνδρομάχαν.. ἐπ' ἄλμυρον πόντον Sapph.Supp. 20a
. 7: also with Verbs of Rest, ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα over nine acres he lay stretched, Od.11.577; τόσσον ἔπ' over so much, 5.251, cf. 13.114; διώκοντες ἐ. πολύ over a large space, Th.1.50, cf. 62, etc.; ἐ. πλεῖστον ib.4;ὡς ἐ. πλεῖστον 2.34
, etc.; freq. to be rendered on,δράκων ἐ. νῶτα δαφοινός Il.2.308
; ἵππους.. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας ib. 765;ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει 17.447
; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] Hes.Op.11;ἀοιδοὶ ἔασιν ἐ. χθόνα Th.95
;ἐ. γᾶν μέλαιναν ἔμμεναι κάλλιστον Sapph. Supp.5.2
; also, among,κλέος πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους Il.10.213
, cf. 24.202, 535;δασσάμενοι [κτήματ'] ἐφ' ἡμέας Od.16.385
, cf. Pl.Prt. 322d.II. of Time, for or during a certain time,ἐ. χρόνον Il.2.299
, Od.14.193:πολλὸν ἐ. χρόνον 12.407
;παυρίδιον.. ἐ. χρόνον Hes. Op. 133
;ἐ. δηρόν Il.9.415
;ἐ. πολὺν χρόνον Pl.Phd. 84c
, etc.; ἐπ'ὀλίγον χρόνον Lycurg.7
; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, Pl.Prt. 344b, Grg. 524d;γῆν ἀπεμίσθωσαν ἐ. δέκα ἔτη Th.3.68
; ἐ. διετές Lexap.D. 46.20;ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας X.An.6.6.36
; τὸ ἐφ' ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, Id.Cyr.6.2.34, cf. D.50.23, Hdt.1.32; ἐ. πολύ for a long time, Th.1.6, etc.2. up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιοςκαὶ ἐπ' ἠῶ καὶ μέσον ἦμαρ Od.7.288
;οὐδ' ἐ. γῆρας ἵκετ' 8.226
.III. in various causal senses:1. of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of.., Il.4.384 (dub.); ἐ. βοῦν ἴτω let him go for an ox, Od.3.421;ἐ. τεύχεα δ' ἐσσεύοντο Il.2.808
;ἐλθεῖν πρός τινα ἐπ' ἀργύριον X.Cyr.1.6.12
; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα ib.4.5.31; ἴτω τις ἐφ' ὕδωρ ib.5.3.49; ἥκειν ἐ. τοὺς τόκους for (i.e. to demand) the interest, D.50.61: less freq. c. acc. pers.,ἐπ' Ὀδυσσῆα ἤϊε Od.5.149
, cf. S.OT 555;κατῆλθον ἐ. ποιητήν Ar.Ra. 1418
;κατέρχονται ἐ. τὸν Ἀγόρατον Lys. 13.23
: with acc. of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, X.Cyr.1.2.9; ἔπλεον οὐχ ὡς ἐ. ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for -μαχίᾳ) Th.2.83;ἐ. μάχην ἰέναι X.An.1.4.12
; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, Il.2.381, Od.24.394;ἐ. δόρπον ἀνέστη 12.439
;κληθεὶς ἐ. δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174e
, etc.;καλεῖν ἐ. ξείνια Hdt.2.107
,5.18; ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν to see the sight, Ev.Luc.23.48, cf. PTeb.33.6 (ii B.C.): freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj., ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, X.An.2.5.22, cf. Th.5.87; ἐπ' αὐτὸ , etc.; ἐ. τί; to what end? Ar.Nu. 256;ἐφ' ὅ τι Id.Lys.22
, 481; ἐφ' ἃ ἤλθομεν for which purpose, Th.7.15, etc.; ἐπὶ ἴσα for like ends, Pi.N.7.5 (but ἐ. ἶσα μάχη τέτατο, = ἴσως, Il.12.436); ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον to a better result, X.An.7.8.4; ἀναστῆσαί τινα ἐ. χριστὸν Θεοῦ set up as God's anointed, LXX 2 Ki.23.1: after an Adj., ἄριστοι πᾶσανἐπ' ἰθύν Il.6.79
, cf. Od.4.434;ἄπορος ἐ. φρόνιμα S.OT 691
(lyr.); χρήσιμοςἐ... οὐδέν D.25.31
: after a Noun,ὁδὸς ἐ. τι X.Cyr.1.6.21
; ὄργανα ἐ. τι ib.6.2.34.2. so far as regards,τοὐπὶ τήνδε τὴν κόρην S.Ant. 889
;ὅσον γε τοὐπ' ἐμέ E.Or. 1345
; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, Id.Hec. 514, X.Cyr.1.4.12;τὸ ἐ. σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28
; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, Arist.Top. 100b29, etc.;ἐ. πᾶν Th.2.51
; τὸ πρὸς ἅπανξυνετὸν ἐ. πᾶν ἀργόν Id.3.82
;κρείσσων ἐπ' ἀρετήν Democr.181
; ἐ.μέγα Call.Dian.55
.3. of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺςκαθιστάναι ἄρχοντα X.Cyr.4.5.58
, cf. HG3.4.20; στρατηγὸς ἐ. τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἐ. τὴν χώραν, Arist.Ath.61.1, IG22.682.24;ἐ. τὸν Πειραιέα Arist.Ath.
l.c.;ἐ. Ῥαμνοῦντα IG2.1206b
(cf. A. 111.1); οἱ θεσμοθέταιοἱ ἐ. τοὺς νόμους κληρούμενοι D.20.90
.4. according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, Od.5.245, 21.44, etc.D. POSITION:— ἐπί may suffer anastrophe ([etym.] ἔπι) and follow its case, as in Il.1.162; it may like wise follow its Verb,ἤλυθ' ἔπι ψυχή Od.24.20
, cf. Il.9.539.II. in Poets it is sts. put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ.γῆς Od.12.27
, cf. S.OT 761, Ant. 367 (lyr.).E. ABS., used adverbially, without anastrophe, καὶ ἐ. σκέπαςἦν ἀνέμοιο Od.5.443
; κτεῖνον δ' ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, Il.18.529; esp. ἐ. δέ.. and besides.., Hdt.7.65,75, etc.;πολιαί τ' ἐ. ματέρες S. OT 182
(lyr.).II. ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, Il.1.515, 3.45, Od.16.315; οὐ γὰρ ἔπ' ἀνήρ.. there is no man.., 2.58; σοὶ δ' ἔ. μὲν μορφὴἐπέων 11.367
;ἔ. δέ μοι γέρας A.Eu. 393
codd. (lyr.).F. PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v. ). [dialect] Dor. ἐπιεργάζομαι (v. ἐπιεργάζομαι).G. IN COMPOSITION:I. of Place, denoting,2. Motion,b. to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος.c. against,ἐπαΐσσω, ἐπιπλέω 11
, ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω.e. over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω.f. over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι.g. implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία.3. Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω,ἐπιπέτομαι, ἐπιπλέω 1
, ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος.4. Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος.5. Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 +1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc.6. with Adjs., somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος.II. of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι,ἐπακόλουθος, ἐπίγονος, ἐπιστάτης 1.2
.III. in causal senses:1. Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι.2. Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν.3. Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος.4. to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω. -
20 εἰμί
εἰμί (Hom.+) impv. ἴσθι, ἔσο IPol 4:1, ἔστω—also colloq. ἤτω (BGU 276, 24; 419, 13; POxy 533, 9; Ps 103:31; 1 Macc 10:31) 1 Cor 16:22; Js 5:12; 1 Cl 48:5; Hv 3, 3, 4;—3 pers. pl. ἔστωσαν (ins since 200 B.C. Meisterhans3-Schw. 191; PPetr III, 2, 22 [237 B.C.]) Lk 12:35; 1 Ti 3:12; GJs 7:2. Inf. εἶναι. Impf. 1 pers. only mid. ἤμην (Jos., Bell. 1, 389; 631; s. further below); ἦν only Ac 20:18 D, 2 pers. ἦσθα (Jos., Ant. 6, 104) Mt 26:69; Mk 14:67 and ἦς (Lobeck, Phryn. 149 ‘say ἦσθα’; Jos., Ant. 17, 110 al.; Sb 6262, 16 [III A.D.]) Mt 25:21, 23 al., 3 sg. ἦν, 1 pl. ἦμεν. Beside this the mid. form ἤμην (pap since III B.C.; Job 29:16; Tob 12:13 BA), s. above, gives the pl. ἤμεθα (pap since III B.C.; Bar 1:19) Mt 23:30; Ac 27:37; Eph 2:3. Both forms in succession Gal. 4:3. Fut. ἔσομαι, ptc. ἐσόμενος. The mss. vary in choice of act. or mid., but like the edd. lean toward the mid. (W-S. §14, 1; Mlt-H. 201–3; Rob. index; B-D-F §98; Rdm.2 99; 101f; Helbing 108f; Reinhold 86f). Also s. ἔνι.① be, exist, be on hand a pred. use (for other pred. use s. 3a, 4, 5, 6, 7): of God (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 123 θεοί εἰσιν; Zaleucus in Diod S 12, 20, 2 θεοὺς εἶναι; Wsd 12:13; Just., D. 128, 4 angels) ἔστιν ὁ θεός God exists Hb 11:6; cp. 1 Cor 8:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν the one who is and who was (cp. SibOr 3, 16; as amulet PMich 155, 3 [II A.D.] ὁ ὢν θεὸς ὁ Ἰάω κύριος παντοκράτωρ=the god … who exists.) Rv 11:17; 16:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, in this and the two preceding passages ἦν is treated as a ptc. (for the unusual use of ἦν cp. Simonides 74 D.: ἦν ἑκατὸν φιάλαι) 1:4; 4:8 (cp. Ex 3:14; Wsd 13:1; Paus. 10, 12, 10 Ζεὺς ἦν, Ζ. ἔστι, Ζ. ἔσσεται; cp. Theosophien 18. S. OWeinreich, ARW 19, 1919, 178f). οὐδʼ εἶναι θεὸν παντοκράτορα AcPlCor 1:11. ἐγώ εἰμι (ins in the Athena-Isis temple of Saïs in Plut., Is. et Os. 9, 354c: ἐγώ εἰμι πᾶν τὸ γεγονὸς κ. ὸ̓ν κ. ἐσόμενον. On the role of Isis in Gk. rel. s. IBergman, Ich bin Isis ’68; RMerkelbach, Isis Regina—Zeus Sarapis ’95; for further lit. s. MGustafson in: Prayer fr. Alexander to Constantine, ed. MKiley et al. ’97, 158.) Rv 1:8 (s. ἐγώ beg.). ὁ ὤν, … θεός Ro 9:5 is classed here and taken to mean Christ by JWordsworth ad loc. and HWarner, JTS 48, ’47, 203f. Of the λόγος: ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. J 1:1 (for ἦν cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 4; 3, 1b ἦν σκότος, Fgm. IX 1 p. 422, 23 Sc. γέγονεν ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἦν).—Of Christ πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι, ἐγὼ εἰμί before Abraham was born, I am 8:58 (on the pres. εἰμί cp. Parmenides 8, 5: of the Eternal we cannot say ἦν οὐδʼ ἔσται, only ἔστιν; Ammonius Hermiae [Comm. in Aristotl. IV 5 ed. ABusse 1897] 6 p. 172: in Timaeus we read that we must not say of the gods τὸ ἦν ἢ τὸ ἔσται μεταβολῆς τινος ὄντα σημαντικά, μόνον δὲ τὸ ἔστι=‘was’ or ‘will be’, suggesting change, but only ‘is’; Ps 89:2; DBall, ‘I Am’ in John’s Gospel [JSNT Suppl. 124] ’96).—Of the world πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι before the world existed 17:5. Satirically, of the beast, who parodies the Lamb, ἦν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν Rv 17:8. Of God’s temple: ἔστιν B 16:6f it exists. τὸ μὴ ὄν that which does not exist, the unreal (Sallust. 17 p. 32, 7 and 9; Philo, Aet. M. 5; 82) Hm 1:1. τὰ ὄντα that which exists contrasted w. τὰ μὴ ὄντα Ro 4:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:28; 2 Cl 1:8. Of God κτίσας ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τὰ ὄντα what is out of what is not Hv 1, 1, 6 (on the contrast τὰ ὄντα and τὰ μὴ ὄντα cp. Ps.-Arist. on Xenophanes: Fgm. 21, 28; Artem. 1, 51 p. 49, 19 τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα; Ocellus Luc. 12; Sallust. 17, 5 p. 30, 28–32, 12; Philo, Op. M. 81; PGM 4, 3077f ποιήσαντα τὰ πάντα ἐξ ὧν οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι; 13, 272f τὸν ἐκ μὴ ὄντων εἶναι ποιήσαντα καὶ ἐξ ὄντων μὴ εἶναι; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 21] τὰ πάντα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι).—Of existing in the sense be present, available, provided πολλοῦ ὄχλου ὄντος since a large crowd was present Mk 8:1. ὄντων τῶν προσφερόντων those are provided who offer Hb 8:4. οὔπω ἦν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39. ἀκούσας ὄντα σιτία when he heard that grain was available Ac 7:12.—Freq. used to introduce parables and stories (once) there was: ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος there was (once) a rich man Lk 16:1, 19. ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τ. Φαρισαίων there was a man among the Pharisees J 3:1.—There is, there are ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοί as there are many gods 1 Cor 8:5. διαιρέσεις χαρισμάτων εἰσίν there are various kinds of spiritual gifts 12:4ff; 1J 5:16 al. Neg. οὐκ ἔστι there is (are) not, no (Ps 52:2; Simplicius in Epict. p. 95, 42 as a quot. from ‘tragedy’ οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί) δίκαιος there is no righteous man Ro 3:10 (Eccl 7:20). ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔστιν there is no resurr. of the dead 1 Cor 15:12; οὐδʼ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν AcPlCor 1:12; 2:24; cp. Mt 22:23; Ac 23:8 (cp. 2 Macc 7:14). εἰσὶν οἵ, or οἵτινες there are people who (Hom. et al.; LXX; Just., D. 47, 2 εἰ μήτι εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες ὅτι etc.—W. sing. and pl. combined: Arrian, Ind. 24, 9 ἔστι δὲ οἳ διέφυγον=but there are some who escaped) Mt 16:28; 19:12; Mk 9:1; Lk 9:27; J 6:64; Ac 11:20. Neg. οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅς there is no one who Mk 9:39; 10:29; Lk 1:61; 18:29. As a question τίς ἐστιν ὅς; who is there that? Mt 12:11—In an unusual (perh. bureaucratic terminology) participial construction Ac 13:1 ἡ οὖσα ἐκκλησία the congregation there (cp. Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 6, 394c οἱ ὄντες ἄνθρωποι=the people with whom he has to deal; PLond III 1168, 5 p. 136 [18 A.D.] ἐπὶ ταῖς οὔσαις γειτνίαις=on the adjoining areas there; PGen 49; PSI 229, 11 τοῦ ὄντος μηνός of the current month); cp. 14:13.—αἱ οὖσαι (sc. ἐξουσίαι) those that exist Ro 13:1 (cp. UPZ 180a I, 4 [113 B.C.] ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν τῶν ὄντων καὶ οὐσῶν).② to be in close connection (with), is, freq. in statements of identity or equation, as a copula, the equative function, uniting subject and predicate. On absence of the copula, Mlt-Turner 294–310.ⓐ gener. πραΰς εἰμι I am gentle Mt 11:29. ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριήλ Lk 1:19. σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mk 3:11; J 1:49 and very oft. ἵνα … ὁ πονηρὸς … ἐλεγχθῇ [το? s. app. in Bodm.] μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15 (Just., D. 3, 3 φιλολόγος οὖν τις εἶ σύ).—The pred. can be supplied fr. the context: καὶ ἐσμέν and we are (really God’s children) 1J 3:1 (Eur., Ion 309 τ. θεοῦ καλοῦμαι δοῦλος εἰμί τε. Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 58 θεοφιλεῖς οἱ χρηστοὶ λέγονται καὶ εἰσίν; Epict. 2, 16, 44 Ἡρακλῆς ἐπιστεύθη Διὸς υἱὸς εἶναι καὶ ἦν.—The ptc. ὤν, οὖσα, ὄν used w. a noun or adj.and serving as an if-, since-, or although-clause sim. functions as a copula πονηροὶ ὄντες Mt 7:11; 12:34.—Lk 20:36; J 3:4; 4:9; Ac 16:21; Ro 5:10; 1 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:3 al.).—W. adv. of quality: οὕτως εἶναι be so preceded by ὥσπερ, καθώς or followed by ὡς, ὥσπερ Mt 13:40; 24:27, 37, 39; Mk 4:26; Lk 17:26. W. dat. of pers. οὕτως ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τ. ἀ. τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ so the Human One (Son of Man) will be for this generation 11:30. εἰμὶ ὡσ/ὥσπερ I am like Mt 6:5; Lk 18:11. W. dat. ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ τελώνης he shall be to you as a tax-collector Mt 18:17. εἰμὶ ὥς τις I am like someone of outward and inward similarity 28:3; Lk 6:40; 11:44; 22:27 al. καθώς εἰμι as I am Ac 22:3; 1J 3:2, 7; 4:17.—W. demonstr. pron. (Just., A I, 16, 1 ἃ ἔφη, ταῦτά ἐστι: foll. by a quotation; sim. 48, 5 ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα; and oft.) τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία J 1:19. W. inf. foll. θρησκεία αὕτη ἐστίν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι Js 1:27. W. ὅτι foll. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν J 3:19; cp. 21:24; 1J 1:5; 3:11; 5:11. W. ἵνα foll. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον, ἵνα πιστεύητε J 6:29; cp. vs. 39f; 15:12; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 5:3. W. τηλικοῦτος: τὰ πλοῖα, τηλικαῦτα ὄντα though they are so large Js 3:4. W. τοσοῦτος: τοσοῦτων ὄντων although there were so many J 21:11. W. τοιοῦτος: τοιοῦτος ὤν Phlm 9 (cp. Just., A I, 18, 4 ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτά ἐστι).—W. interrog. pron. ὑμεῖς τίνα με λέγετε εἶναι; who do you say I am? Mt 16:15; cp. 21:10; Mk 1:24; 4:41; 8:27, 29; Lk 4:34 al.; σὺ τίς εἶ; J 1:19; 8:25; 21:12 al. (cp. JosAs 14:6 τίς εἶ συ tell me ‘who you are’). σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων; (Pla., Gorg. 452b; Strabo 6, 2, 4 σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ τὸν Ὅμηρον ψέγων ὡς μυθογράφον;) Ro 14:4; ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην; (cp. Ex 3:11) Ac 11:17; τίς εἰμι ἐγὼ ὅτι who am I, that GJs 12:2 (Ex 3:11). W. πόσος: πόσος χρόνος ἐστίν; how long a time? Mk 9:21. W. ποταπός of what sort Lk 1:29.—W. relative pron. οἷος 2 Cor 10:11; ὁποῖος Ac 26:29; 1 Cor 3:13; Gal 2:6; ὅς Rv 1:19; ὅστις Gal 5:10, 19.—W. numerals ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 6:44 (cp. Polyaenus 7, 25 ἦσαν οἱ πεσόντες ἀνδρῶν μυριάδες δέκα); cp. Ac 19:7; 23:13. Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν ἐκ τῶν ἀνακειμένων L. was one of those at the table J 12:2; cp. Gal 3:20; Js 2:19. τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία Ac 4:32. εἷς εἶναι be one and the same Gal 3:28. ἓν εἶναι be one J 10:30; 17:11, 21ff; 1 Cor 3:8.—οὐδʼ εἶναι τὴν πλάσιν τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῦ θεοῦ (that) the creation of humankind is not God’s doing AcPlCor 1:13.—To establish identity the formula ἐγώ εἰμι is oft. used in the gospels (corresp. to Hebr. אֲנִי הוּא Dt 32:39; Is 43:10), in such a way that the predicate must be understood fr. the context: Mt 14:27; Mk 6:50; 13:6; 14:62; Lk 22:70; J 4:26; 6:20; 8:24, 28; 13:19; 18:5f and oft.; s. on ἐγώ.—In a question μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι; surely it is not I? Mt 26:22, 25.ⓑ to describe a special connection betw. the subject and a predicate noun ἡμεῖς ναὸς θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος we are a temple of the living God 2 Cor 6:16. ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are our letter (of recommendation) 3:2. σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are the seal of my apostleship 1 Cor 9:2 and oft.ⓒ in explanations:α. to show how someth. is to be understood is a representation of, is the equivalent of; εἰμί here, too, serves as copula; we usually translate mean, so in the formula τοῦτʼ ἔστιν this or that means, that is to say (Epict., Ench. 33, 10; Arrian, Tact. 29, 3; SIG 880, 50; PFlor 157, 4; PSI 298, 9; PMert 91, 9; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 16; ApcMos 19; Just., D. 56, 23; 78, 3 al.) Mk 7:2; Ac 19:4; Ro 7:18; 9:8; 10:6, 8; Phlm 12; Hb 7:5 al.; in the sense that is (when translated) (Polyaenus 8, 14, 1 Μάξιμος ἀνηγορεύθη• τοῦτο δʼ ἄν εἴη Μέγιστον) Mt 27:46; Ac 1:19. So also w. relative pron.: ὅ ἐστιν Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; Hb 7:2. After verbs of asking, recognizing, knowing and not knowing (Antiphanes Com. 231, 1f τὸ ζῆν τί ἐστι;) μάθετε τί ἐστιν learn what (this) means Mt 9:13. εἰ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν 12:7; cp. Mk 1:27; 9:10; Lk 20:17; J 16:17f; Eph 4:9. W. an indir. question (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἀγύλλα: τὶς ἠρώτα τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὄνομα) τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα Lk 15:26; τί εἴη τοῦτο 18:36. τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι what this means Ac 17:20; cp. 2:12, where the question is not about the mng. of terms but the significance of what is happening.—Esp. in interpr. of the parables (Artem. 1, 51 p. 48, 26 ἄρουρα οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ γυνή=field means nothing else than woman) ὁ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος the field means the world Mt 13:38; cp. vss. 19f, 22f; Mk 4:15f, 18, 20; Lk 8:11ff (cp. Gen 41:26f; Ezk 37:11; Ath. 22, 4 [Stoic interpr. of myths]). On τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19 and its various interpretations, see lit. s.v. εὐχαριστία. Cp. Hipponax (VI B.C.) 45 Diehl αὕτη γάρ ἐστι συμφορή=this means misfortune.β. to be of relative significance, be of moment or importance, amount to someth. w. indef. pron. εἰδωλόθυτόν τί ἐστιν meat offered to idols means anything 1 Cor 10:19. Esp. εἰμί τι I mean someth. of pers. 1 Cor 3:7; Gal 2:6; 6:3; and of things vs. 15. εἰμί τις Ac 5:36.—Of no account ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν (telescoped fr. ἐλάχ. ἐστιν and εἰς ἐλάχ. γίνεται, of which there are many exx. in Schmid, I 398; II 161, 237; III 281; IV 455) it is of little or no importance to me 1 Cor 4:3.③ be in reference to location, persons, condition, or time, beⓐ of various relations or positions involving a place or thing: w. ἀπό: εἶναι ἀπό τινος be or come from a certain place (X., An. 2, 4, 13) J 1:44.—W. ἐν: ἐν τοῖς τ. πατρός μου in my father’s house Lk 2:49 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302 καταγωγὴ ἐν τοῖς Ἀντιπάτρου). ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mk 10:32. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Mt 24:26. ἐν ἀγρῷ Lk 15:25. ἐν δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ at God’s right hand Ro 8:34; in heaven Eph 6:9.—W. εἰς: τὴν κοίτην Lk 11:7; τὸν κόλπον J1:18.—W. ἐπὶ w. gen. be on someth. of place, roof Lk 17:31; head J 20:7 (cp. 1 Macc 1:59); also fig., of one who is over someone (1 Macc 10:69; Jdth 14:13 ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ) Ro 9:5 (of the angel of death Mel., P. 20, 142 ἐπὶ τῶν πρωτοτόκων); also ἐπάνω τινός J 3:31.—W. dat. be at someth. the door Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29.—W. acc. be on someone: grace Lk 2:40; Ac 4:33; spirit (Is 61:1) Lk 2:25; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό be in the same place, together (Gen 29:2 v.l.) Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44; 1 Cor 7:5.—W. κατά w. acc. εἶναι κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν be in Judea Ac 11:1; εἶναι ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν were at Antioch in the congregation there 13:1.—W. ὑπό w. acc. τι or τινα of place be under someth. J 1:48; 1 Cor 10:1.—W. παρά w. acc. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν by the sea- (i.e. lake-) shore Mk 5:21; Ac 10:6.—W. πρός τι be close to, facing someth. Mk 4:1.—W. adv. of place ἐγγύς τινι near someth. Ac 9:38; 27:8. μακρὰν (ἀπό) Mk 12:34; J 21:8; Eph 2:13; also πόρρω Lk 14:32. χωρίς τινος without someth. Hb 12:8. ἐνθάδε Ac 16:28. ἔσω J 20:26. ἀπέναντί τινος Ro 3:18 (Ps 35:2). ἐκτός τινος 1 Cor 6:18; ἀντίπερά τινος Lk 8:26; ὁμοῦ J 21:2; οὗ Mt 2:9; ὅπου Mk 2:4; 5:40. ὧδε Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. Also w. fut. mng. (ESchwartz, GGN 1908, 161 n.; on the fut. use of the pres. cp. POxy 531, 22 [II A.D.] ἔστι δὲ τοῦ Τῦβι μηνὸς σοὶ ὸ̔ θέλεις) ὅπου εἰμί J 7:34, 36; 12:26; 14:3; 17:24. As pred., to denote a relatively long stay at a place, stay, reside ἴσθι ἐκεῖ stay there Mt 2:13, cp. vs. 15; ἐπʼ ἐρήμοις τόποις in lonely places Mk 1:45; ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν he stayed by the lakeside 5:21.ⓑ involving humans or transcendent beings: w. adv. ἔμπροσθέν τινος Lk 14:2. ἔναντί τινος Ac 8:21; ἐνώπιόν τινος Lk 14:10; Ac 4:19; 1 Pt 3:4; Rv 7:15; ἐντός τινος Lk 17:21; ἐγγύς τινος J 11:18; 19:20; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14).—W. prep. ἐν τινί equiv. to ἔκ τινος εἶναι be among Mt 27:56; cp. Mk 15:40; Ro 1:6. Of God, who is among his people 1 Cor 14:25 (Is 45:14; Jer 14:9); of the Spirit J 14:17. Of persons under Christ’s direction: ἐν θεῷ 1J 2:5; 5:20 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 23, 1). ἔν τινι rest upon, arise from someth. (Aristot., Pol. 7, 1, 3 [1323b, 1] ἐν ἀρετῇ; Sir 9:16) Ac 4:12; 1 Cor 2:5; Eph 5:18.—εἴς τινα be directed, inclined toward Ac 23:30; 2 Cor 7:15; 1 Pt 1:21.—κατά w. gen. be against someone (Sir 6:12) Mt 12:30; Mk 9:40 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. ὑπέρ); Gal 5:23.—σύν τινι be with someone (Jos., Ant. 7, 181) Lk 22:56; 24:44; Ac 13:7; accompany, associate w. someone Lk 8:38; Ac 4:13; 22:9; take sides with someone (X., Cyr. 5, 4, 37; 7, 5, 77; Jos., Ant. 11, 259 [of God]) Ac 14:4.—πρός τινα be with someone Mt 13:56; Mk 6:3; J 1:1f. I am to be compared w. IMg 12.—μετά and gen. be with someone (Judg 14:11) Mt 17:17; Mk 3:14; 5:18; J 3:26; 12:17; ἔστω μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰρήνη AcPlCor 2:40; of God, who is with someone (Gen 21:20; Judg 6:13 al.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 4; Jos., Ant. 6, 181; 15, 138) Lk 1:66; J 3:2; 8:29; Ac 10:38 al.; also be with in the sense be favorable to, in league with (Ex 23:2) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23; of punishment attending a pers. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ AcPlCor 2:37.—παρά and gen. come from someone (X., An. 2, 4, 15; Just., D. 8, 4 ἔλεος παρὰ θεοῦ) fr. God J 6:46; 7:29; w. dat. be with, among persons Mt 22:25; Ac 10:6. W. neg. be strange to someone, there is no … in someone Ro 2:11; 9:14; Eph 6:9.—ὑπέρ w. gen. be on one’s side Mk 9:4 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. κατά); w. acc. be superior to (Sir 25:10; 30:16) Lk 6:40.ⓒ of condition or circumstance: κατά w. acc. live in accordance with (Sir 28:10; 43:8; 2 Macc 9:20) κατὰ σάκρα, πνεῦμα Ro 8:5. οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον not human (in origin) Gal 1:11.—Fig. ὑπό w. acc. be under (the power of) someth. Ro 3:9; 6:14f; Gal 3:10, 25.—W. ἐν of existing ἐν τῷ θεῷ εἶναι of humankind: have its basis of existence in God Ac 17:28. Of states of being: ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:8; ἐν εἰρήνῃ Lk 11:21; ἐν ἔχθρᾳ at enmity 23:12; ἐν κρίματι under condemnation vs. 40. ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος suffer from hemorrhages Mk 5:25; Lk 8:43 (cp. Soph., Aj. 271 ἦν ἐν τῇ νόσῳ; cp. TestJob 35:1 ἐν πληγαῖς πολλαῖς). Periphrastically for an adj. ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ authoritative Lk 4:32. ἐν βάρει important 1 Th 2:7. ἐν τῇ πίστει true believers, believing 2 Cor 13:5. Be involved in someth. ἐν ἑορτῇ be at the festival=take part in it J 2:23. ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι devote yourself to these things 1 Ti 4:15 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 8, 7 ἐν τοιούτοις ὄντες=occupied w. such things; Jos., Ant. 2, 346 ἐν ὕμνοις ἦσαν=they occupied themselves w. the singing of hymns).—Fig., live in the light 1J 2:9; cp. vs. 11; 1 Th 5:4; in the flesh Ro 7:5; 8:8; AcPlCor 1:6. ἐν οἷς εἰμι in the situation in which I find myself Phil 4:11 (X., Hell. 4, 2, 1; Diod S 12, 63, 5; 12, 66, 4; Appian, Hann. 55 §228 ἐν τούτοις ἦν=he was in this situation; Jos., Ant. 7, 232 ἐν τούτοις ἦσαν=found themselves in this sit.; TestJob 35:6 ἐν τίνι ἐστίν; s. ZPE VIII 170). ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. Of characteristics, emotions, etc. ἔν τινί ἐστιν, e.g. ἀδικία J 7:18; ἄγνοια Eph 4:18; ἀλήθεια J 8:44; 2 Cor 11:10 (cp. 1 Macc 7:18); ἁμαρτία 1J 3:5.ⓓ of time ἐγγύς of καιρός be near Mt 26:18; Mk 13:28. πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστίν it is toward evening Lk 24:29 (Just., D. 137, 4 πρὸς δυσμὰς … ὁ ἥλιός ἐστι).④ to be alive in a period of time, live, denoting temporal existence (Hom., Trag., Thu. et al.; Sir 42:21; En 102:5 Philo, De Jos. 17; Jos., Ant. 7, 254) εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν if we had lived in the days of our fathers Mt 23:30. ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν because they were no more 2:18 (Jer 38:15). ἦσαν ἐπὶ χρόνον ἱκανόν (those who were healed and raised by Christ) remained alive for quite some time Qua.⑤ to be the time at which someth. takes place w. indications of specific moments or occasions, be (X., Hell. 4, 5, 1, An. 4, 3, 8; Sus 13 Theod.; 1 Macc 6:49; 2 Macc 8:26; Jos., Ant. 6, 235 νουμηνία δʼ ἦν; 11, 251): ἦν ὥρα ἕκτη it was the sixth hour (=noon acc. to Jewish reckoning) Lk 23:44; J 4:6; 19:14.—Mk 15:25; J 1:39. ἦν ἑσπέρα ἤδη it was already evening Ac 4:3. πρωί̈ J 18:28. ἦν παρασκευή Mk 15:42. ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων J 5:1. σάββατόν ἐστιν vs. 10 et al. Short clauses (as Polyaenus 4, 9, 2 νὺξ ἦν; 7, 44, 2 πόλεμος ἦν; exc. 36, 8 ἦν ἀρίστου ὥρα; Jos., Ant. 19, 248 ἔτι δὲ νὺξ ἦν) χειμὼν ἦν J 10:22; ἦν δὲ νύξ (sim. Jos., Bell. 4, 64) 13:30; ψύχος it was cold 18:18; καύσων ἔσται it will be hot Lk 12:55.⑥ to take place as a phenomenon or event, take place, occur, become, be, be in (Hom., Thu. et al.; LXX; En 104:5; 106:6.—Cp. Just., D. 82, 2 of Christ’s predictions ὅπερ καὶ ἔστι ‘which is in fact the case’.) ἔσται θόρυβος τοῦ λαοῦ a popular uprising Mk 14:2. γογγυσμὸς ἦν there was (much) muttering J 7:12. σχίσμα there was a division 9:16; 1 Cor 1:10; 12:25. ἔριδες … εἰσίν quarrels are going on 1:11. δεῖ αἱρέσεις εἶναι 11:19. θάνατος, πένθος, κραυγή, πόνος ἔσται Rv 21:4. ἔσονται λιμοὶ κ. σεισμοί Mt 24:7. Hence τὸ ἐσόμενον what was going to happen (Sir 48:25) Lk 22:49. πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; when will this happen? Mt 24:3. πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο; how can this be? Lk 1:34. Hebraistically (הָיָה; s. KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 63–65) καὶ ἔσται w. fut. of another verb foll. and it will come about that Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 3:23 (w. δέ); Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1).—W. dat. ἐστί τινι happen, be granted, come, to someone (X., An. 2, 1, 10; Jos., Ant. 11, 255; Just., D. 8, 4 σοὶ … ἔλεος ἔσται παρὰ θεοῦ) Mt 16:22; Mk 11:24; Lk 2:10; GJs 1:1; 4:3; 8:3; τί ἐστίν σοι τοῦτο, ὅτι what is the matter with you, that GJs 17:2.—Of becoming or turning into someth. become someth. εἰς χολὴν πικρίας εἶναι become bitter gall Ac 8:23. εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16; Eph 5:31 (all Gen 2:24. Cp. Syntipas p. 42, 24 οὐκ ἔτι ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ εἰς γυναῖκα); τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείας Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); εἰς πατέρα 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5 (2 Km 7:14; 1 Ch 22:10; 28:6); εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8.— Serve as someth. (IPriene 50, 39 [c. II B.C.] εἶναι εἰς φυλακὴν τ. πόλεως; Aesop., Fab. 28 H.=18 P.; 26 Ch.; 18 H-H. εἰς ὠφέλειαν; Gen 9:13; s. also εἰς 4d) 1 Cor 14:22; Col 2:22; Js 5:3.—Of something being ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται it will be more tolerable τινί for someone Lk 10:12, 14.⑦ to exist as possibility ἔστιν w. inf. foll. it is possible, one can (Περὶ ὕψους 6; Diog. L. 1, 110 ἔστιν εὑρεῖν=one can find; Just., A I, 59, 10 ἔστι ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι καὶ μαθεῖν; D. 42, 3 ἰδεῖν al.; Mel., P. 19, 127); neg. οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν λέγειν it is not possible to speak at this time Hb 9:5. οὐκ ἔστιν φαγεῖν it is impossible to eat 1 Cor 11:20 (so Hom. et al.; UPZ 70, 23 [152/151 B.C.] οὐκ ἔστι ἀνακύψαι με πώποτε … ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης; 4 Macc 13:5; Wsd 5:10; Sir 14:16; 18:6; EpJer 49 al.; EpArist 163; Jos., Ant. 2, 335; Ath. 22, 3 ἔστιν εἰπεῖν).⑧ to have a point of derivation or origin, be,/come from somewhere ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου from Herod’s jurisdiction Lk 23:7; ἐκ Ναζαρέτ (as an insignificant place) J 1:46; ἐκ τῆς γῆς 3:31; ἐκ γυναικός 1 Cor 11:8 al. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων be of heavenly (divine), human descent Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30; Lk 20:4. Be generated by (cp. Sb 8141, 21f [ins I B.C.] οὐδʼ ἐκ βροτοῦ ἤεν ἄνακτος, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ μεγάλου ἔκγονος; En 106:6) Mt 1:20. Esp. in Johannine usage ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου εἶναι originate from the devil J 8:44; 1J 3:8. ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 3:12; ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου J 15:19; 17:14, 16; 1J 4:5. ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας εἶναι 2:21; J 18:37 etc. Cp. 9 end.⑨ to belong to someone or someth. through association or genetic affiliation, be, belong w. simple gen. (X., Hell. 2, 4, 36; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 33, 230 τῶν Πυθαγορείων) οἱ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντες those who belong to the Way Ac 9:2. εἰμὶ Παύλου I belong to Paul 1 Cor 1:12; 3:4; cp. Ro 8:9; 2 Cor 10:7; 1 Ti 1:20; Ac 23:6. ἡμέρας εἶναι belong to the day 1 Th 5:8, cp. vs. 5. W. ἔκ τινος 1 Cor 12:15f; Mt 26:73; Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58 al. (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 17; oft LXX). ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα belong to the twelve 22:3. ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν who is a fellow-countryman of yours Col 4:9.—To belong through origin 2 Cor 4:7. Of Mary: ἦν τῆς φυλῆς τοῦ Δαυίδ was of David’s line GJs 10:1. Cp. 8 above.⑩ to have someth. to do with someth. or someone, be. To denote a close relationship ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἶναι rely on legal performance Gal 3:10. ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως the law has nothing to do with faith vs. 12.—To denote a possessor Mt 5:3, 10; l9:14; Mk 12:7; Lk 18:16; 1 Cor 6:19. Esp. of God who owns the Christian Ac 27:23; 1 Cor 3:23; 2 Ti 2:19 (Num 16:5). οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15 (cp. Just., A II, 13, 4 ὅσα … καλῶς εἴρηται, ἡμῶν τῶν χριστιανῶν ἐστι).—W. possess. pron. ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία Lk 6:20. οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι Mk 10:40 (cp. Just., A I, 4, 2 ὑμέτερον ἀγωνιᾶσαί ἐστι ‘it is a matter for your concern’).—To denote function (X., An. 2, 1, 4) οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν it is no concern of yours Ac 1:7—Of quality παιδεία οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι discipline does not seem to be (partake of) joy Hb 12:11.—10:39.⑪ as an auxiliary: very commonly the simple tense forms are replaced by the periphrasis εἶναι and the ptc. (B-D-F §352–55; Mlt. 225–27, 249; Mlt-H. 451f; Rdm.2 102, 105, 205; Kühner-G. I 38ff; Rob. 374–76, 1119f; CTurner, Marcan Usage: JTS 28, 1927 349–51; GKilpatrick, BT 7, ’56, 7f; very oft. LXX).ⓐ (as in Hom et al.) w. the pf. ptc. to express the pf., plpf. and fut. pf. act. and pass. (s. Mayser 329; 377) ἦσαν ἐληλυθότες they had come Lk 5:17. ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη their hearts were hardened Mk 6:52. ἠλπικότες ἐσμέν we have set our hope 1 Cor 15:19. ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν the time has become short 7:29. ἦν ἑστώς (En 12:3) he was standing (more exactly he took his stand) Lk 5:1.ⓑ w. pres. ptc. (B-D-F §353).α. to express the pres. ἐστὶν προσαναπληροῦσα τὰ ὑστερήματα supplies the wants 2 Cor 9:12 (Just., A I, 26, 5 Μαρκίων … καὶ νῦν ἔτι ἐστὶ διδάσκων; Mel., P. 61, 441 ἐστὶν … κηρυσσόμενον).β. impf. or aor. ἦν καθεύδων he was sleeping Mk 4:38. ἦσαν ἀναβαίνοντες … ἦν προάγων 10:32; cp. Lk 1:22; 5:17; 11:14 al. (JosAs 1:3 ἦν συνάγων τὸν σίτον; Mel., P. 80, 580 ἦσθα εὐφραινόμενος). ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀλήθινόν … ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον the true light entered the world J 1:9, w. ἦν introducing a statement in dramatic contrast to the initial phrase of vs. 8.—To denote age (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 2 al. Jac.; POxy 275, 9 [66 A.D.] οὐδέπω ὄντα τῶν ἐτῶν; Tob 14:11) Mk 5:42; Lk 3:23; Ac 4:22; GJs 12:3.—Mussies 304–6.γ. fut. ἔσῃ σιωπῶν you will be silent Lk 1:20; cp. 5:10; Mt 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17, 24 al.; 2 Cl 17:7 Bihlm. (the child) shall serve him (God).ⓒ w. aor. ptc. as plpf. (Aelian, NA 7, 11; Hippiatr. 34, 14, vol. I p. 185, 3 ἦν σκευάσας; ISyriaW 2070b ἦν κτίσας; AcThom 16; 27 [Aa II/2 p. 123, 2f; p. 142, 10]; B-D-F §355 m.—JVogeser, Z. Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 14; JWittmann, Sprachl. Untersuchungen zu Cosmas Indicopleustes, diss. Munich 1913, 20; SPsaltes, Gramm. d. byzant. Chroniken 1913, 230; Björck [διδάσκω end] 75; B-D-F §355). ἦν βληθείς had been thrown Lk 23:19; J 18:30 v.l.—GPt 6:23; 12:51. (Cp. Just., A II, 10, 2 διʼ εὑρέσεως … ἐστὶ πονηθέντα αὐτοῖς ‘they achieved through investigation’).ⓓ Notice esp. the impersonals δέον ἐστίν it is necessary (Pla. et al.; POxy 727, 19; Sir praef. ln. 3; 1 Macc 12:11 δέον ἐστὶν καὶ πρέπον) Ac 19:36; εἰ δέον ἐστίν if it must be 1 Pt 1:6 (s. δεῖ 2a); 1 Cl 34:2; πρέπον ἐστίν it is appropriate (Pla. et al.; POxy 120, 24; 3 Macc 7:13) Mt 3:15; 1 Cor 11:13.ⓔ In many cases the usage w. the ptc. serves to emphasize the duration of an action or condition (BGU 183, 25 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον ζῶσα ᾖ Σαταβούς); JosAs 2:1 ἦν … ἐξουθενοῦσα καὶ καταπτύουσα πάντα ἄνδρα). ἦν διδάσκων he customarily taught Mk 1:22; Lk 4:31; 19:47. ἦν θέλων he cherished the wish 23:8. ἦσαν νηστεύοντες they were keeping the fast Mk 2:18. ἦσαν συλλαλοῦντες they were conversing for a while 9:4. ἦν προσδεχόμενος he was waiting for (the kgdm.) 15:43. ἦν συγκύπτουσα she was bent over Lk 13:11.ⓕ to emphasize the adjectival idea inherent in the ptc. rather than the concept of action expressed by the finite verb ζῶν εἰμι I am alive Rv 1:18. ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος he was obedient Lk 2:51. ἦν ἔχων κτήματα πολλά he was very rich Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων you shall have authority Lk 19:17 (Lucian, Tim. 35 ἴσθι εὐδαιμονῶν). ἦν καταλλάσσων (God) was reconciling 2 Cor 5:19 (cp. Mel., P. 83, 622 οὗτος ἦν ὁ ἐκλεξάμενός σε; Ath. 15, 2 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ … καρπούμενος).—LMcGaughy, Toward a Descriptive Analysis of ΕΙΝΑΙ as a Linking Verb in the Gk. NT, diss. Vanderbilt, ’70 (s. esp. critique of treatment of εἰμί in previous edd. of this lexicon pp. 12–15).—Mlt. 228. B. 635. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.
- 1
- 2
См. также в других словарях:
CERVA Aurorae — Hebr. Gap desc: Hebrew, in titulô Psalmi 22. Praecentori super cervam Aurorae, nonnullis Magistrorum veterum est Stella matutina, sue Lucifer; aliis Esthera; quibusdam Synagoga Israelis: Aben Ezra asserit id esse initium Poematis amatoriô stylô… … Hofmann J. Lexicon universale
HEBDOMAS — I. HEBDOMAS Graece Ἐβδομὰς, proprie septimus dies Ioseph. de Eslenis, Καὶ ταῖς ἑβδομάσιν ἔργων ἐφάπτεςθαι διαφορώτατα Ι᾿ουδαίων᾿ οὐ μόνοι γὰρ τροφὰς ἑαυτοῖς πρὸ ἡμέρας μιᾶς παραςκευάζουσιν, ὡς μηδὲ πῦρ εναύοιεν ενείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ, κτλ. Et singulis… … Hofmann J. Lexicon universale
τουρκιά — Χώρα της εγγύς Ανατολής. Το ευρωπαϊκό τμήμα της συνορεύει με την Ελλάδα και τη Βουλγαρία και βρέχεται από το Αιγαίο Πέλαγος, τον Εύξεινο Πόντο και την Προποντίδα. Το ασιατικό τμήμα της συνορεύει με την Αρμενία, το Αζερμπαϊτζάν, τη Γεωργία, το… … Dictionary of Greek
Γερμανία — Επίσημη ονομασία: Ομοσπονδιακή Δημοκρατία της Γερμανίας Προηγούμενη ονομασία (1948 90): Γερμανική Ομοσπονδιακή Δημοκρατία (ή Δυτική Γερμανία) & Γερμανική Λαϊκή Δημοκρατία) Έκταση: 357.021 τ.χλμ Πληθυσμός: 82.440.309 κάτ. (2000) Πρωτεύουσα:… … Dictionary of Greek
ώρα — Στην αρχαία ελληνική, ώ. σήμαινε εποχή. Σήμερα, σημαίνει χρονική διάρκεια ίση με το ένα εικοστό τέταρτο του ημερονυχτίου και συνεκδοχικά την κατάλληλη στιγμή, τον καιρό, την ακμή. Η ώ. διαιρείται σε 60 πρώτα λεπτά και το κάθε λεπτό σε 60 δεύτερα… … Dictionary of Greek
Liste griechischer Phrasen/Beta — Beta Inhaltsverzeichnis 1 Βάλανε το λύκο να φυλάει τα πρόβατα … Deutsch Wikipedia
Γαλλία — Επίσημη ονομασία: Δημοκρατία της Γαλλίας Έκταση: 547.030 τ.χλμ Πληθυσμός: 58.518.148 κάτ. (2000) Πρωτεύουσα: Παρίσι (2.125.246 κάτ. το 2000)Κράτος της δυτικής Ευρώπης. Συνορεύει στα ΝΑ με την Ισπανία και την Ανδόρα, στα Β με το Βέλγιο και το… … Dictionary of Greek
NILUS — I. NILUS Aegypti Episcopus exustus, sub Diocletiano. Vide Lactantium, l. 5. c. 11: II. NILUS Africae fluv. celeberrimus, ut Asiae Ganges, et Indus, atque Europae Danubius. Plurima eius ab antiquis perhibentur, et celebrantur nomina. Nam et… … Hofmann J. Lexicon universale
Ζευς — Η κορυφαία θεότητα στο αρχαίο ελληνικό πάνθεον. Βλ. λ. Δίας. (Αστρον.) Πλανήτης του ηλιακού συστήματος. Βλ. λ. Δίας (Αστρον.). * * * και Δίας, ο (AM Ζεύς, Διός) 1. (στην αρχαία Ελλάδα) βασιλιάς και πατέρας θεών και ανθρώπων, θεός τού ουρανού και… … Dictionary of Greek
γη — Γ. ονομάζεται γενικά το έδαφος πάνω στο οποίο κατοικούμε (ετυμολογείται από το αρχαίο γαία). Με ευρύτερη έννοια, ορίζεται επίσης η οικουμένη, ο επίγειος κόσμος, η επιφάνεια του εδάφους. Γ., όμως, ονομάζεται κυρίως ο τρίτος πλανήτης του ηλιακού… … Dictionary of Greek
δείλι — το (AM δείλη, η) το απόγευμα, μετά το μεσημέρι και προτού σκοτεινιάσει αρχ. 1. νωρίς το απόγευμα («ἤδη ἦν μέσον ἡμέρας, ἡνίκα δὲ δείλη ἐγένετο») ή αργά, προς το βράδυ («τῆς ἡμέρας ὅλης διῆλθον... ἀλλὰ δείλης ἀφίκοντο») 2. φρ. α) «δείλη πρωΐη» από … Dictionary of Greek